https://wiki.lpi.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=KevinGlendenningLPI Wiki - User contributions [en]2026-04-11T14:01:23ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.45.1https://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1_Objectives_V5.0(DE)&diff=5355LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(DE)2019-07-27T13:55:19Z<p>KevinGlendenning: /* 102.1 Festplattenaufteilung planen */</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Einführung==<br />
<br />
Diese Prüfungen sind für die LPI-Zertifizierung auf Stufe 1 vorgeschrieben. Sie beinhalten grundsätzliche Kenntnisse für Linux-Profis, die bei allen Linux-Distributionen gleich sind.<br />
<br />
Diese Seite berücksichtigt die aktuellen Lernziele für LPIC-1-Zertifizierung. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Information zur Version==<br />
<br />
Diese Lernziele sind Version 5.0.<br />
<br />
Es gibt auch eine [[LPIC-1_Summary_Version_4.0_To_5.0(DE)|Übersicht mit Details]] der Änderungen von Version 4.0 zur Version 5.0 der Lernziele.<br />
<br />
Die Lernziele der [[LPIC-1_Objectives_V4(DE)|4.x Version]] findet man [[LPIC-1_Objectives_V4(DE)|hier]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Prüfungen==<br />
<br />
Um nach [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0|LPIC-1]] zertifiziert zu werden, müssen Kandidaten sowohl die Prüfung [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4#Objectives: 101|101]] als auch die Prüfung [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4#Objectives: Exam 102|102]] bestehen.<br />
<br />
* [[#Objectives: Exam 101|101]]<br />
* [[#Objectives: Exam 102|102]]<br />
<br />
==Ergänzungen==<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Übersetzungen der Lernziele==<br />
<br />
Folgende Übersetzungen der Lernziele sind in diesem Wiki verfügbar:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0|Englisch]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(PT-BR)|Portugiesisch (Portugal)]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(ZH)|Chinesisch (vereinfacht)]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(ZH-TW)|Chinesisch (klassisch)]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(FR)|Französich]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(DE)|Deutsch]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(IT)|Italienisch]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(JA)|Japanisch]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(ES)|Spanisch]]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Lernziele: Prüfung 101==<br />
<br />
===''Thema 101: Systemarchitektur''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Hardwareeinstellungen ermitteln und konfigurieren</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die wesentliche Hardware eines<br />
Systems zu bestimmen und zu konfigurieren.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* integrierte Peripheriegeräte aktivieren und deaktivieren<br />
* die verschiedenen Arten von Massenspeichern unterscheiden<br />
* Hardwareressourcen für Geräte ermitteln<br />
* Werkzeuge und Hilfsprogramme, um verschiedene Hardwareinformationen aufzulisten (z. B. lsusb, lspci usw.)<br />
* Werkzeuge und Hilfsprogramme, um USB-Geräte zu beeinflussen<br />
* konzeptuelles Verständnis von sysfs, udev, dbus<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys/<br />
* /proc/<br />
* /dev/<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Das System starten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, das System durch den Startvorgang zu geleiten.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* zur Startzeit dem Bootloader gängige Befehle und dem Kernel Optionen übergeben<br />
* Wissen über den Startvorgang vom BIOS/UEFI bis zum Abschluss des Systemstarts nachweisen<br />
* SysVinit und systemd verstehen<br />
* Kenntnis von Upstart <br />
* Ereignisse des Systemstarts in den Protokolldateien prüfen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* dmesg<br />
* journalctl<br />
* BIOS<br />
* UEFI<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* initramfs<br />
* init<br />
* SysVinit<br />
* systemd<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Runlevel wechseln und das System anhalten oder neu starten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die SysVinit-Runlevel bzw. systemd Boot-Targets des Systems zu verwalten. Dieses Lernziel umfasst das Wechseln in den Single-User-Modus, das Anhalten und den Neustart des Systems. Kandidaten sollten ebenfalls in der Lage sein, Benutzer vor einem Wechsel des Runlevels oder Boot-Targets zu benachrichtigen und Prozesse korrekt anzuhalten. Dieses Lernziel umfasst ferner das Einstellen des Standard-Runlevels für SysVinit oder des systemd Boot-Targets. Es enthält auch Kenntnisse über Upstart als Alternative zu SysVinit und systemd.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* das Standard-Runlevel oder das Boot-Target setzen<br />
* zwischen Runleveln und Boot-Targets wechseln, einschließlich des Single-User-Modus<br />
* Systemhalt und Neustart von der Befehlszeile aus<br />
* Benutzer vor einem Runlevel- bzw. Boot-Target-Wechsel oder einem anderen größeren Ereignis benachrichtigen<br />
* Prozesse korrekt beenden<br />
* Kenntnis von acpid<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* telinit <br />
* systemd<br />
* systemctl<br />
* /etc/systemd/<br />
* /usr/lib/systemd/<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 102: Linux-Installation und -Paketverwaltung''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Festplattenaufteilung planen</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten ein Platten-Partitionierungsschema für ein Linux-<br />
System entwerfen können.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Dateisysteme und Swap Space einzelnen Partitionen oder Platten zuordnen<br />
* die Partitionierung an den Verwendungszweck des Systems anpassen<br />
* sicherstellen, dass die /boot-Partition den Anforderungen der Hardwarearchitektur für den Systemstart genügt <br />
* Wissen über grundlegende Features von LVM<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var-Dateisystem<br />
* /home-Dateisystem<br />
* /boot-Dateisystem<br />
* EFI System Partition (ESP)<br />
* Swap Space<br />
* Mountpoints<br />
* Partitionen<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Einen Bootmanager installieren</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten einen Bootmanager auswählen, installieren und konfigurieren können.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* alternative und Notfall-Startmöglichkeiten vorsehen<br />
* einen Bootloader wie GRUB Legacy installieren und konfigurieren<br />
* grundlegende Konfigurationsänderungen an GRUB 2 durchführen<br />
* mit dem Bootloader interagieren <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* menu.lst, grub.cfg und grub.conf<br />
* grub-install<br />
* grub-mkconfig<br />
* MBR<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Shared Libraries verwalten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die Shared Libraries zu bestimmen, von denen ausführbare Programme abhängen, und diese bei Bedarf zu installieren.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Shared Libraries identifizieren<br />
* die typischen Orte für Systembibliotheken identifizieren<br />
* Shared Libraries laden <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Debian-Paketverwaltung verwenden</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Pakete mit den Debian-Paketwerkzeugen zu verwalten.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Debian-Binärpakete installieren, aktualisieren und entfernen<br />
* Pakete finden, die bestimmte Dateien oder Bibliotheken enthalten und installiert sind oder nicht<br />
* Paketinformationen erhalten, wie Version, Inhalt, Abhängigkeiten, Integrität des Paketes und Installationsstatus (ob das Paket installiert ist oder nicht)<br />
* Kenntnis von apt<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 RPM und YUM-Paketverwaltung verwenden</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Pakete mit den RPM, YUM und Zypper zu verwalten.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Pakete mit RPM, YUM und Zypper installieren, reinstallieren, aktualisieren und entfernen<br />
* Informationen über RPM-Pakete bestimmen wie Version, Status, Abhängigkeiten, Integrität und Signaturen<br />
* herausfinden, welche Dateien ein Paket zur Verfügung stellt, und herausfinden, aus welchem Paket eine bestimmte Datei stammt<br />
* Kenntnis von dnf<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* zypper<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.6 Linux als Virtualisierungs-Gast</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten die Auswirkungen von Virtualisierung und Cloud Computing auf ein Linux-Gastsystem verstehen.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Verstehen der grundlegenden Konzepte von virtuellen Maschinen und Containern<br />
* Verstehen gebräuchlicher Elemente virtueller Maschinen in einer IaaS Cloud, wie Computer Instanzen, Blockspeicherung und Netzwerke<br />
* Verstehen individueller Eigenschaften eines Linux-Systems, die angepasst werden müssen, wenn ein System geklont oder als Vorlage verwendet wird<br />
* Verstehen, wie System-Images verwendet werden um virtuelle Maschinen, Cloud-Instanzen und Container zu erstellen<br />
* Verstehen von Linux-Erweiterungen, die Linux mit einem Virtualisierungs-Produkt integrieren<br />
* Kenntnis von cloud-init<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* virtuelle Maschine<br />
* Linux Container<br />
* Application Container<br />
* Gasttreiber<br />
* SSH host keys<br />
* D-Bus Maschinen ID<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU- und Unix-Befehle''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Auf der Befehlszeile arbeiten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, über die Befehlszeile mit Shells und Befehlen zu interagieren. Dieses Lernziel setzt die Bash als Shell voraus.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* einzelne Shell-Befehle und einzeilige Befehlsfolgen verwenden, um einfache Aufgaben auf der Befehlszeile zu lösen<br />
* die Shell-Umgebung verwenden und anpassen, etwa um Umgebungsvariablen zu definieren, zu verwenden und zu exportieren<br />
* die Befehlshistorie verwenden und ändern<br />
* Befehle innerhalb und außerhalb des definierten Suchpfads aufrufen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* type<br />
* which<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
* Quoting<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Textströme mit Filtern verarbeiten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Filter auf Textströme anzuwenden. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Textdateien und Ausgabeströme durch Textfilter schicken, um die Ausgabe mit Standard-UNIX-Befehle aus dem GNU-textutils-Paket zu verändern <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* bzcat<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* head<br />
* less<br />
* md5sum<br />
* nl<br />
* od<br />
* paste<br />
* sed<br />
* sha256sum<br />
* sha512sum<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
* xzcat<br />
* zcat<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Grundlegende Dateiverwaltung</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die grundlegenden Linux-Befehle zur Verwaltung von Dateien und Verzeichnissen zu verwenden.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* einzelne Dateien und Verzeichnisse kopieren, verschieben und entfernen<br />
* mehrere Dateien kopieren und Verzeichnisse rekursiv kopieren<br />
* Dateien entfernen und Verzeichnisse rekursiv entfernen<br />
* einfache und fortgeschrittene Dateinamen-Suchmuster in Befehlen verwenden<br />
* find verwenden, um Dateien auf der Basis ihres Typs, ihrer Größe oder ihrer Zeitstempel zu finden und zu bearbeiten<br />
* tar, cpio und dd verwenden <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* bunzip2<br />
* xz<br />
* unxz<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Ströme, Pipes und Umleitungen verwenden</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Ströme umzuleiten und zu verbinden, um Textdaten effizient zu verarbeiten. Zu diesen Aufgaben gehören das Umleiten der Standardeingabe, Standardausgabe und Standardfehlerausgabe, das Weiterleiten der Ausgabe eines Befehls an die Eingabe eines anderen Befehlss, die Verwendung der Ausgabe eines Befehls als Argumente für ein anderes Befehl und das Senden der Ausgabe sowohl an die Standardausgabe als auch an eine Datei.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Umleiten der Standardeingabe, Standardausgabe und Standardfehlerausgabe<br />
* Weiterleiten der Ausgabe eines Befehls an die Eingabe eines anderen Befehls (Pipe)<br />
* Verwenden der Ausgabe eines Befehls als Argumente für ein anderes Befehl<br />
* Senden der Ausgabe sowohl an die Standardausgabe als auch an eine Datei <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Prozesse erzeugen, überwachen und beenden</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten die einfache Prozessverwaltung beherrschen. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Jobs im Vordergrund und im Hintergrund ablaufen lassen<br />
* einem Programm signalisieren, dass es nach dem Abmelden weiterlaufen soll<br />
* aktive Prozesse beobachten<br />
* Prozesse zur Ausgabe auswählen und sortieren<br />
* Signale an Prozesse schicken <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* pgrep<br />
* pkill<br />
* killall<br />
* watch<br />
* screen <br />
* tmux<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Prozess-Ausführungsprioritäten ändern</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die Ausführungsprioritäten von Prozessen zu verwalten. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* die Standardpriorität eines neu erzeugten Jobs kennen<br />
* ein Programm mit einer höheren oder niedrigeren Priorität als im Normalfall laufen lassen<br />
* die Priorität eines laufenden Prozesses ändern <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Textdateien mit regulären Ausdrücken durchsuchen</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Dateien und Textdaten mit regulären Ausdrücken zu manipulieren. Dieses Lernziel umfasst etwa die Erstellung einfacher regulärer Ausdrücke, die mehrere Beschreibungselemente enthalten. Es umfasst ebenfalls den Einsatz von Werkzeugen, die reguläre Ausdrücke zum Durchsuchen eines Dateisystems oder von Dateiinhalten verwenden.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* einfache reguläre Ausdrücke mit mehreren Beschreibungselementen erstellen<br />
* den Unterschied zwischen grundlegenden und erweiterten regulären Ausdrücken verstehen<br />
* Verstehen der Konzepte von Sonderzeichen, Zeichenklassen, Quantifizierern und Ankern<br />
* Werkzeuge verwenden, die mit regulären Ausdrücken Dateisysteme oder Dateiinhalte durchsuchen <br />
* reguläre Ausdrücke verwenden um Text zu löschen, ändern oder zu substituieren und arbeiten mit Bereichen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Grundlegendes Editieren von Dateien</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Textdateien mit dem vi zu editieren. Dieses Lernziel umfasst vi-Navigation, grundlegende vi-Modi, Einfügen,<br />
Ändern, Löschen, Kopieren und Finden von Text. Es beinhaltet außerdem auch die Kenntnis von anderen gebräuchlichen Editoren und das Setzen des Default-Editors.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* mit vi in einem Dokument navigieren<br />
* verstehen und verwenden der vi-Modi<br />
* in vi Text einfügen, ändern, löschen, kopieren und finden<br />
* Kenntnis von Emacs, nano und vim<br />
* Den Standardeditor festlegen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!<br />
* EDITOR<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 104: Geräte, Linux-Dateisysteme, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Partitionen und Dateisysteme anlegen</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Plattenpartitionen zu konfigurieren und danach Dateisysteme auf Medien wie Festplatten anzulegen. Dies umfasst auch den Umgang mit Swap-Partitionen.<br />
<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* MBR- und GPT-Partitionstabellen verwalten<br />
* verschiedene mkfs-Befehle verwenden, um Partitionen zu installieren und verschiedene Dateisysteme anzulegen wie:<br />
** ext2, ext3, ext4<br />
** XFS<br />
** VFAT<br />
** exFAT<br />
* Wissen über grundlegende Btrfs-Features, wie Multigeräte-Dateisysteme, Kompression und Subvolumen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* gdisk<br />
* parted<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Die Integrität von Dateisystemen sichern</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, ein Standarddateisystem und die zusätzlichen Daten eines Journaling-Dateisystems zu verwalten.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* die Integrität von Dateisystemen überprüfen<br />
* freien Platz und verfügbare Inodes überwachen<br />
* einfache Probleme von Dateisystemen reparieren <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs_repair<br />
* xfs_fsr<br />
* xfs_db<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Das Mounten und Unmounten von Dateisystemen steuern</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, das Mounten eines Dateisystems zu konfigurieren.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Dateisysteme manuell mounten und unmounten<br />
* das Mounten von Dateisystemen beim Systemstart konfigurieren<br />
* von Benutzern mountbare Wechseldateisysteme konfigurieren<br />
* Verwendung von Labels und UUIDs zur Identifikation gemounteter Dateisysteme<br />
* Kenntnis der systemd mount units<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media/<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
* blkid<br />
* lsblk<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Entfernt</span>====<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Dateizugriffsrechte und -eigentümerschaft verwalten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Dateizugriffe durch angemessenen Einsatz von Rechten und Eigentümerschaft zu steuern. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Zugriffsrechte für reguläre und besondere Dateien sowie Verzeichnisse verwalten<br />
* Zugriffsmodi wie SUID, SGID und das Sticky Bit verwenden, um die Sicherheit aufrechtzuerhalten<br />
* wissen, wie man die umask ändert<br />
* das Gruppenfeld verwenden, um Gruppenmitgliedern Dateizugriff zu erteilen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Symbolische und Hardlinks anlegen und ändern</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, symbolische und Hardlinks auf eine Datei anzulegen und zu verwalten. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Links anlegen<br />
* symbolische und/oder Hardlinks identifizieren<br />
* Dateien kopieren vs. verlinken<br />
* Links verwenden, um Systemadministrationsaufgaben zu unterstützen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
* ls<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Systemdateien finden und Dateien am richtigen Ort plazieren</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten mit dem Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) vertraut sein und typische Dateiorte und Verzeichnisklassifizierungen kennen.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* die korrekten Orte von Dateien unter dem FHS kennen<br />
* Dateien und Befehle auf einem Linux-System finden<br />
* den Ort und den Zweck wichtiger Dateien und Verzeichnisse gemäß dem FHS kennen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
=Lernziele: Prüfung 102=<br />
<br />
===''Thema 105: Shells und Shell-Skripte''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Die Shell-Umgebung anpassen und verwenden</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Shell-Umgebungen an die Anforderungen der Benutzer anzupassen. Sie sollten ebenfalls in der Lage sein, globale und nutzerindividuelle Voreinstellungen zu ändern.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Umgebungsvariable (etwa PATH) beim Anmelden oder Erzeugen einer neuen Shell setzen<br />
* Bash-Funktionen für häufig gebrauchte Befehlsfolgen schreiben<br />
* Skelettverzeichnisse für neue Benutzerkonten pflegen<br />
* den Befehl-Suchpfad mit den richtigen Verzeichnissen setzen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* source<br />
* /etc/bash.bashrc<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Einfache Skripte anpassen oder schreiben</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, existierende Skripte anzupassen oder einfache neue Bash-Skripte zu schreiben. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Standard-sh-Syntax verwenden (Schleifen, Fallunterscheidungen)<br />
* Befehlssubstitution verwenden<br />
* Rückgabewerte auf Erfolg, Misserfolg oder andere von einem Programm gelieferte Informationen prüfen<br />
* verkettete Befehle ausführen<br />
* situationsabhängig E-Mail an den Superuser senden<br />
* den richtigen Skript-Interpreter über die Shebangzeile (#!) wählen<br />
* den Ort, die Eigentümerschaft, die Ausführungs- und SUID-Rechte von Skripten verwalten <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq<br />
* exec<br />
* ||<br />
* &&<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 106: Benutzerschnittstellen und Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 X11 installieren und konfigurieren</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, X11 zu installieren und zu konfigurieren. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* verstehen der X11-Architektur<br />
* grundlegendes Verständnis der X-Window-Konfigurationsdatei<br />
* überschreiben grundlegender Aspekte der Xorg-Konfiguration, wie etwa das Tastatur-Layout<br />
* verstehen der Komponenten von Desktop-Umgebungen, wie display manager und window manager<br />
* verwalten des Zugriffs auf den X-Server und anzeigen von Anwendungen, die auf entfernten Servern laufen<br />
* Kenntnis von Wayland<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/<br />
* ~/.xsession-errors<br />
* xhost<br />
* xauth<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Grafische Desktops</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten gängige Desktops für Linux kennen. Weiterhin sollten sie Protokolle kennen, die zum Zugriff auf entfernte Desktopsitzungen verwendet werden.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Kenntnis gängiger Desktopumgebungen<br />
* Kenntnis von Protokollen zum Zugriff auf Remotedesktopsitzungen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* KDE<br />
* Gnome<br />
* Xfce<br />
* X11<br />
* XDMCP<br />
* VNC<br />
* Spice<br />
* RDP<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Barrierefreiheit</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten Wissen über assistive Techniken demostrieren können. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Grundwissen bezüglich visueller Einstellungen und Themes<br />
* Grundwissen bezüglich assistiver Techniken<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* Desktop-Themen mit hohem Kontrast oder großer Schrift<br />
* Screenreader<br />
* Braillezeilen<br />
* Bildschirmlupe<br />
* Bildschirmtastatur<br />
* »klebrige« und Wiederholungstasten<br />
* langsame, Bounce- und Umschalt-Tasten<br />
* Maustasten<br />
* Gesten<br />
* Spracherkennung<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 107: Administrative Aufgaben''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Benutzer- und Gruppenkonten und dazugehörige Systemdateien verwalten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Benutzerkonten hinzuzufügen, zu entfernen, vorübergehend zu deaktivieren und zu verändern. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Benutzer und Gruppen hinzufügen, ändern und entfernen<br />
* Benutzer- und Gruppeninformationen in password/group-Datenbanken verwalten<br />
* spezielle und beschränkte Konten anlegen und verwalten <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel/<br />
* chage<br />
* getent<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Systemadministrationsaufgaben durch Einplanen von Jobs automatisieren</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, cron oder systemd-Timer zu verwenden, um Jobs in regelmäßigen Abständen auszuführen. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* cron- und at-Jobs verwalten<br />
* Zugriffsrechte auf die Dienste cron und at konfigurieren<br />
* systemd-Timer-Units verstehen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}/<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm<br />
* systemctl<br />
* systemd-run<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Lokalisierung und Internationalisierung</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, ein System in einer anderen Sprache als Englisch zu lokalisieren. Dazu gehört auch das Verständnis dafür, warum LANG=C in Shell-Skripten nützlich ist.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* konfigurieren der locale-Einstellungen und Umgebungsvariablen<br />
* konfigurieren von Zeitzonen-Einstellungen und Umgebungsvariablen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo/<br />
* LC_*<br />
* LC_ALL<br />
* LANG<br />
* TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* timedatectl<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 108: Grundlegende Systemdienste''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Die Systemzeit verwalten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die Systemzeit korrekt zu halten und die Uhr mittels NTP zu synchronisieren.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Systemzeit und -datum setzen<br />
* die Hardwareuhr auf die korrekte Zeit in UTC setzen<br />
<br />
* die korrekte Zeitzone einstellen<br />
* grundlegende NTP-Konfiguration unter Verwendung von ntpd und chrony<br />
* Wissen über den Gebrauch von pool.ntp.org<br />
* Kenntnis des ntpq-Befehls<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo/<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* /etc/chrony.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* timedatectl<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* chronyc<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 Systemprotokollierung</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, rsyslog zu konfigurieren. Dieses Lernziel umfasst auch die Konfiguration des Logging-Daemons für den Versand von Logmeldungen an einen zentralen Protokollserver oder das Annehmen von Logmeldungen als zentraler Protokollserver. Die Verwendung des systemd-Journalsubsystems ist einbezogen. Außerdem sind Kenntnisse über syslog und syslog-ng als alternative Logging-Systeme erforderlich.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Basiskonfiguration von rsyslog<br />
* verstehen von Standard-Facilities, -prioritäten und -aktionen<br />
* abfragen des systemd-Journals<br />
* filtern des systemd-Journals nach Kriterien, wie Datum, Service oder Priorität<br />
* konfigurieren der systemd-Speicherung und Journalgröße<br />
* löschen alter systemd-Journaleinträge<br />
* abrufen von systemd-Journaldaten von einem Rettungssystem aus oder einer Kopie aus dem Dateisystem<br />
* verstehen der Interaktion von rsyslog mit dem systemd-Journal<br />
* Konfiguration von logrotate<br />
* Kenntnis von syslog und syslog-ng<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/rsyslog.conf<br />
* /var/log/<br />
* logger <br />
* logrotate<br />
* /etc/logrotate.conf<br />
* /etc/logrotate.d/<br />
* journalctl<br />
* systemd-cat<br />
* /etc/systemd/journald.conf<br />
* /var/log/journal/<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Grundlagen von Mail Transfer Agents (MTA)</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten wissen, welche gebräuchlichen MTA-Programme existieren, und einfache Weiterleitungs- und Alias-Konfigurationen auf einem Client-Rechner einstellen können. Weitere Konfigurationsdateien werden nicht abgedeckt.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* E-Mail-Aliase erstellen<br />
* E-Mail-Weiterleitung konfigurieren<br />
* Kenntnis von allgemein verfügbaren MTA-Programmen (Postfix, Sendmail, Exim) (keine Konfiguration) <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* Befehle der Sendmail-Emulationsschicht<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Drucker und Druckvorgänge verwalten</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Druckerwarteschlangen und Druckaufträge von Benutzern mit CUPS und der LPD-Kompatibilitätsschnittstelle zu verwalten. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* grundlegende CUPS-Konfiguration (für lokale und entfernte Drucker)<br />
* Benutzer-Druckerwarteschlangen verwalten<br />
* allgemeine Druckprobleme lösen<br />
* Druckaufträge zu eingerichteten Druckerwarteschlangen hinzufügen und daraus löschen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS-Konfigurationsdateien, -Werkzeuge und -Hilfsprogramme<br />
* /etc/cups/<br />
* LPD-Kompatibilitätsschnittstelle (lpr, lprm, lpq)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 109: Netzwerkgrundlagen''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Grundlagen von Internetprotokollen</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten ein angemessenes Verständnis der Grundlagen von TCP/IP-Netzen demonstrieren können. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Verständnis von Netzmasken und der CIDR-Notation<br />
* Wissen über die Unterschiede zwischen privaten und öffentlichen Dotted-Quad-IP-Adressen<br />
* Wissen über gängige TCP- und UDP-Ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 123, 139, 143, 161, 162, 389, 443, 465, 514, 636, 993, 995)<br />
* Wissen über die Unterschiede und wesentlichen Eigenschaften von UDP, TCP und ICMP<br />
* Wissen über die wesentlichen Unterschiede zwischen IPv4 und IPv6 <br />
* Wissen über die grundlegenden Eigenschaften von IPv6<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* IPv4, IPv6<br />
* Subnetting<br />
* TCP, UDP, ICMP<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Persistente Netzwerkkonfiguration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, die persistente Netzwerkkonfiguration auf einem Linux-Host zu verwalten.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* verstehen der grundlegenden TCP/IP-Hostkonfiguration<br />
* Netzwerkkonfiguration mithilfe von NetworkManager<br />
* Kenntnis von systemd-networkd<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* nmcli<br />
* hostnamectl<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Grundlegende Netzwerkfehlerbehebung</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, Netzwerkprobleme auf Client-Rechnern zu lösen. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Netzwerkschnittstellen manuell konfigurieren, einschließlich einsehen und ändern der Konfiguration mittels iproute2<br />
* Manuelle Konfiguration des Routing, einschließlich einsehen und ändern von Routingtabellen und der Standardroute mittels iproute2<br />
* beheben von Problemen, die mit der Netzwerkkonfiguration in Zusammenhang stehen <br />
* Kenntnis der legacy-Befehle der net-tools<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* ip<br />
* hostname<br />
* ss<br />
* ping<br />
* ping6<br />
* traceroute<br />
* traceroute6 <br />
* tracepath<br />
* tracepath6<br />
* netcat<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* netstat<br />
* route<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Clientseitiges DNS konfigurieren</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten in der Lage sein, DNS auf einem Client-Rechner einzurichten. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* entfernte DNS-Server abfragen<br />
* konfigurieren der lokalen Namensauflösung und verwenden entfernter DNSServer<br />
* die Reihenfolge der Namensauflösung ändern <br />
* beheben von Fehlern, die mit der Namensauflösung in Zusammenhang stehen<br />
* Kenntnis von systemd-resolved<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
* host<br />
* dig<br />
* getent<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Thema 110: Sicherheit''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Administrationsaufgaben für Sicherheit durchführen</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten wissen, wie sie die Systemkonfiguration prüfen, um die Sicherheit des Rechners in Übereinstimmung mit örtlichen Sicherheitsrichtlinien zu gewährleisten. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* ein System nach Dateien mit gesetztem SUID/SGID-Bit durchsuchen<br />
* Benutzerkennwörter und den Verfall von Kennwörtern setzen oder ändern<br />
* mit nmap und netstat offene Ports auf einem System finden<br />
* Grenzen für Benutzeranmeldungen, Prozesse und Speicherverbrauch setzen<br />
* feststellen, welche Benutzer an einem System angemeldet waren oder sind<br />
* grundlegende Konfiguration und Gebrauch von sudo <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* fuser<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit<br />
* who, w, last<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Einen Rechner absichern</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Kandidaten sollten wissen, wie sie eine grundlegende Rechnersicherheit konfigurieren können. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* Kenntnisse über Shadow-Passwörter und wie sie funktionieren<br />
* nicht verwendete Netzdienste abschalten<br />
* die Rolle der TCP-Wrapper verstehen <br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* systemd.socket<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Daten durch Verschlüsselung schützen</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Gewichtung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Beschreibung'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Der Kandidat sollte in der Lage sein, Public-Key-Techniken zum Schutz von Daten und Kommunikation einzusetzen.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Hauptwissensgebiete:'''<br />
<br />
* einen OpenSSH-2-Client grundlegend konfigurieren und verwenden<br />
* die Rolle von OpenSSH-2-Rechnerschlüsseln verstehen<br />
* GnuPG grundlegend konfigurieren und verwenden<br />
* GPG verwenden um Dateien zu verschlüsseln, entschlüsseln, signieren und zu überprüfen<br />
* SSH-Port-Tunnel (inklusive X11-Tunnel) verstehen<br />
<br />
'''Hier ist eine auszugsweise Liste der verwendeten Dateien, Begriffe und Hilfsprogramme:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa und id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa und id_dsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_ecdsa und id_ecdsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_ed25519 und id_ed25519.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key und ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key und ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key und ssh_host_ecdsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key und ssh_host_ed25519_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* gpg-agent<br />
* ~/.gnupg/<br />
<br />
==Pläne für künftige Änderungen==<br />
<br />
Künftige Änderungen zu diesen Lernzielen werden/können umfassen:<br />
<br />
* ifup/ifdown und net-tools legacy-Befehle entfernen<br />
* TCP-Wrapper entfernen</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Talk:LPIC-1_Objectives_V5.0(DE)&diff=4850Talk:LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(DE)2018-11-23T21:38:14Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>Ich würde gerne wissen weshalb der User Duven den Dank von LPI CE an Harald Maaßen entfernt hat ...<br />
Wenn man etwas ersatzlos streicht, sollte man das nicht unkommentiert tun :/<br />
<br />
I'd like to know why user Duven felt it necessary to remove LPI CE's thanks to Harald Maassen ...<br />
In case that something is deleted completely, I'd expect at least a comment :/<br />
<br />
@DImitriosBogiatzoules - Being an external link to a third party, it's possible it was incorrectly perceived as spammy.<br />
We haven't stated an official position on this sort of thing and probably won't unless it gets out of hand.<br />
Until then I'm fine with giving this type of credit to our volunteers so feel free to restore the edit.<br />
Duven has also contributed a number of edits to the wiki so I don't think this was done maliciously. -Kevin</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1_Objectives_V5.0(ES)&diff=4826LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(ES)2018-11-23T16:18:53Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with "__FORCETOC__ ==Introduction== This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all di..."</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br />
This page covers the currently released objective for the LPIC-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 5.0.<br />
<br />
There is also a [[LPIC-1_Summary_Version_4.0_To_5.0|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 4.0 to 5.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
The version [[LPIC-1_Objectives_V4|4.x objectives]] can be found [[LPIC-1_Objectives_V4|here]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0|LPIC-1]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0#Objectives: Exam 101|101]] and [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0#Objectives: Exam 102|102]] exams.<br />
<br />
* [[#Objectives: Exam 101|101]]<br />
* [[#Objectives: Exam 102|102]]<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(Catalan)|Catalan]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0|English]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(FR)|French]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(DE)|German]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(Greek)|Greek]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(JA)|Japanese]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(PT-BR)|Portuguese(Brasil)]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(RU)|Russian]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(ES)|Spanish]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(SW)|Swahili]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(SV)|Swedish]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V5.0(TR)|Turkish]]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 101==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev and dbus.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys/<br />
* /proc/<br />
* /dev/<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS/UEFI to boot completion.<br />
* Understanding of SysVinit and systemd.<br />
* Awareness of Upstart. <br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* dmesg<br />
* journalctl<br />
* BIOS<br />
* UEFI<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* initramfs<br />
* init<br />
* SysVinit<br />
* systemd<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels / boot targets and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the SysVinit runlevel or systemd boot target of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching runlevels / boot targets and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default SysVinit runlevel or systemd boot target. It also includes awareness of Upstart as an alternative to SysVinit or systemd.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default runlevel or boot target.<br />
* Change between runlevels / boot targets including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching runlevels / boot targets or other major system events.<br />
* Properly terminate processes.<br />
* Awareness of acpid.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* telinit <br />
* systemd<br />
* systemctl<br />
* /etc/systemd/<br />
* /usr/lib/systemd/<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var filesystem<br />
* /home filesystem<br />
* /boot filesystem<br />
* EFI System Partition (ESP)<br />
* swap space<br />
* mount points<br />
* partitions<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* menu.lst, grub.cfg and grub.conf<br />
* grub-install<br />
* grub-mkconfig<br />
* MBR<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
* Awareness of apt.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM, YUM and Zypper.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM, YUM and Zypper.<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from.<br />
* Awareness of dnf.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* zypper<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.6 Linux as a virtualization guest</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should understand the implications of virtualization and cloud computing on a Linux guest system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the general concept of virtual machines and containers<br />
* Understand common elements virtual machines in an IaaS cloud, such as computing instances, block storage and networking<br />
* Understand unique properties of a Linux system which have to changed when a system is cloned or used as a template<br />
* Understand how system images are used to deploy virtual machines, cloud instances and containers<br />
* Understand Linux extensions which integrate Linux with a virtualization product<br />
* Awareness of cloud-init<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* Virtual machine<br />
* Linux container<br />
* Application container<br />
* Guest drivers<br />
* SSH host keys<br />
* D-Bus machine id<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the Bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* type<br />
* which<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
* Quoting<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* bzcat<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* head<br />
* less<br />
* md5sum<br />
* nl<br />
* od<br />
* paste<br />
* sed<br />
* sha256sum<br />
* sha512sum<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
* xzcat<br />
* zcat<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* bunzip2<br />
* xz<br />
* unxz<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* pgrep<br />
* pkill<br />
* killall<br />
* watch<br />
* screen <br />
* tmux<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements as well as understanding the differences between basic and extended regular expressions. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Understand the differences between basic and extended regular expressions.<br />
* Understand the concepts of special characters, character classes, quantifiers and anchors.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
* Use regular expressions to delete, change and substitute text.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Basic file editing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text. It also includes awareness of other common editors and setting the default editor.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Understand and use vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text in vi.<br />
* Awareness of Emacs, nano and vim.<br />
* Configure the standard editor.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!<br />
* EDITOR<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage MBR and GPT partition tables<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** XFS<br />
** VFAT<br />
** exFAT<br />
* Basic feature knowledge of Btrfs, including multi-device filesystems, compression and subvolumes.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* gdisk<br />
* parted<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs_repair<br />
* xfs_fsr<br />
* xfs_db<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems.<br />
* Use of labels and UUIDs for identifying and mounting file systems.<br />
* Awareness of systemd mount units.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media/<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
* blkid<br />
* lsblk<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Removed</span>====<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
* ls<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells and Shell Scripting''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write Bash functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* source<br />
* /etc/bash.bashrc<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new Bash scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Execute chained commands.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq<br />
* exec<br />
* ||<br />
* &&<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understanding of the X11 architecture.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file.<br />
* Overwrite specific aspects of Xorg configuration, such as keyboard layout.<br />
* Understand the components of desktop environments, such as display managers and window managers.<br />
* Manage access to the X server and display applications on remote X servers.<br />
* Awareness of Wayland.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/<br />
* ~/.xsession-errors<br />
* xhost<br />
* xauth<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Graphical Desktops</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of major Linux desktops. Furthermore, candidates should be aware of protocols used to access remote desktop sessions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of major desktop environments<br />
* Awareness of protocols to access remote desktop sessions<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* KDE<br />
* Gnome<br />
* Xfce<br />
* X11<br />
* XDMCP<br />
* VNC<br />
* Spice<br />
* RDP<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic knowledge of visual settings and themes.<br />
* Basic knowledge of assistive technology.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Sticky/Repeat keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle keys.<br />
* Mouse keys.<br />
* Gestures.<br />
* Voice recognition.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel/<br />
* chage<br />
* getent<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron and systemd timers to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services.<br />
* Understand systemd timer units.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}/<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm<br />
* systemctl<br />
* systemd-run<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Configure locale settings and environment variables.<br />
* Configure timezone settings and environment variables.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo/<br />
* LC_*<br />
* LC_ALL<br />
* LANG<br />
* TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* timedatectl<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration using ntpd and chrony.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
* Awareness of the ntpq command.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo/<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* /etc/chrony.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* timedatectl<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* chronyc<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure rsyslog. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server. Use of the systemd journal subsystem is covered. Also, awareness of syslog and syslog-ng as alternative logging systems is included.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic configuration of rsyslog.<br />
* Understanding of standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
* Query the systemd journal.<br />
* Filter systemd journal data by criteria such as date, service or priority<br />
* Configure persistent systemd journal storage and journal size<br />
* Delete old systemd journal data<br />
* Retrieve systemd journal data from a rescue system or file system copy<br />
* Understand interaction of rsyslog with systemd-journald<br />
* Configuration of logrotate.<br />
* Awareness of syslog and syslog-ng.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/rsyslog.conf<br />
* /var/log/<br />
* logger <br />
* logrotate<br />
* /etc/logrotate.conf<br />
* /etc/logrotate.d/<br />
* journalctl<br />
* systemd-cat<br />
* /etc/systemd/journald.conf<br />
* /var/log/journal/<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups/<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding of network masks and CIDR notation.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP addresses.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports and services (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 123, 139, 143, 161, 162, 389, 443, 465, 514, 636, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* IPv4, IPv6<br />
* Subnetting<br />
* TCP, UDP, ICMP<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Persistent network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the persistent network configuration of a Linux host.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand basic TCP/IP host configuration<br />
* Configure ethernet and wi-fi network configuration using NetworkManager<br />
* Awareness of systemd-networkd<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* nmcli<br />
* hostnamectl<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually configure network interfaces, including viewing and changing the configuration of network interfaces using iproute2.<br />
* Manually configure routing, including viewing and changing routing tables and setting the default route using iproute2.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
* Awareness of legacy net-tools commands.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ip<br />
* hostname<br />
* ss<br />
* ping<br />
* ping6<br />
* traceroute<br />
* traceroute6 <br />
* tracepath<br />
* tracepath6<br />
* netcat<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* netstat<br />
* route<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Query remote DNS servers.<br />
* Configure local name resolution and use remote DNS servers.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
* Debug errors related to name resolution.<br />
* Awareness of systemd-resolved<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
* host<br />
* dig<br />
* getent<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Determine which users have logged in to the system or are currently logged in.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* fuser<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit<br />
* who, w, last<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* systemd.socket<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Use GPG to encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify files.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_ecdsa and id_ecdsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_ed25519 and id_ed25519.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key and ssh_host_ecdsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key and ssh_host_ed25519_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* gpg-agent<br />
* ~/.gnupg/<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* Remove ifup/ifdown and legacy net-tools command<br />
* Remove TCP wrappers</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1_Objectives_V4&diff=4598LPIC-1 Objectives V42018-04-25T13:57:55Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br />
This page covers the currently released objective for the LPIC-1 certification. <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
<br />
These objectives are version 4.0.1.<br />
<br />
There is also a [[LPIC1SummaryVersion3To4|summary and detailed information]] on the changes from version 3.5 to 4.0 of the objectives.<br />
<br />
The version [[LPIC-1 Objectives V3|3.x objectives]] can be found [[LPIC-1 Objectives V3|here]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Exams==<br />
<br />
In order to be certified [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4|LPIC-1]], the candidate must pass both the [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4#Objectives: Exam 101|101]] and [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4#Objectives: Exam 102|102]] exams.<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4#Objectives: Exam 101|101]]<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4#Objectives: Exam 102|102]]<br />
<br />
==Addenda==<br />
<br />
===''Proposed Clarification Addendum (Oct 1st, 2015)''===<br />
<br />
* added type and which to 103.1 (NB: known and desirable duplication of content with 104.7)<br />
<br />
===''Clarification Addendum (Jul 1st, 2015)''===<br />
<br />
* remove path for ssh_known_hosts in 110.3<br />
* added timedatectl, removed tzconfig to 107.3 partial file list.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only).<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4|English]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(FR)|French]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(DE)|German]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(Greek)|Greek]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(PT-PT)|Portuguese(Portugal)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objetivos V4(PT-BR)|Portuguese(Brasil)]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(RU)|Russian]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(ES)|Spanish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(SW)|Swahili]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(SV)|Swedish]].<br />
* [[LPIC-1 Objectives V4(TR)|Turkish]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 101==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.).<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices.<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, dbus.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /sys/<br />
* /proc/<br />
* /dev/<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Understanding of SysVinit and systemd.<br />
* Awareness of Upstart. <br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* initramfs<br />
* init<br />
* SysVinit<br />
* systemd<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels / boot targets and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage the SysVinit runlevel or systemd boot target of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching runlevels / boot targets and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default SysVinit runlevel or systemd boot target. It also includes awareness of Upstart as an alternative to SysVinit or systemd.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the default runlevel or boot target.<br />
* Change between runlevels / boot targets including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching runlevels / boot targets or other major system events.<br />
* Properly terminate processes.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* telinit <br />
* systemd<br />
* systemctl<br />
* /etc/systemd/<br />
* /usr/lib/systemd/<br />
* wall<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
* Knowledge of basic features of LVM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var filesystem<br />
* /home filesystem<br />
* /boot filesystem<br />
* swap space<br />
* mount points<br />
* partitions<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB Legacy.<br />
* Perform basic configuration changes for GRUB 2.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* menu.lst, grub.cfg and grub.conf<br />
* grub-install<br />
* grub-mkconfig<br />
* MBR<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the Bash shell.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
* .bash_history<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* join<br />
* less<br />
* nl<br />
* od<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* xz<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* pgrep<br />
* pkill<br />
* killall<br />
* screen <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default.<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage MBR partition tables<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2/ext3/ext4<br />
** XFS<br />
** VFAT<br />
* Awareness of ReiserFS and Btrfs<br />
* Basic knowledge of gdisk and parted with GPT.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* fdisk<br />
* gdisk<br />
* parted<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* XFS tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media/<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ln<br />
* ls<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write Bash functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* .<br />
* source<br />
* /etc/bash.bashrc<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new Bash scripts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
* exec<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to describe the basic features and configuration of the LightDM display manager. This objective covers awareness of the display managers XDM (X Display Manager), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic configuration of LightDM.<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Awareness of XDM, KDM and GDM.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* lightdm<br />
* /etc/lightdm/<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic knowledge of keyboard accessibility settings (AccessX).<br />
* Basic knowledge of visual settings and themes.<br />
* Basic knowledge of assistive technology (ATs).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys.<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys.<br />
* Mouse Keys.<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes.<br />
* Screen Reader.<br />
* Braille Display.<br />
* Screen Magnifier.<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard.<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example GDM).<br />
* Orca.<br />
* GOK.<br />
* emacspeak.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel/<br />
* chage<br />
* getent<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
* Configure anacron.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}/<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm<br />
* anacron<br />
* /etc/anacrontab<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Configure locale settings and environment variables.<br />
* Configure timezone settings and environment variables.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo/<br />
* LC_*<br />
* LC_ALL<br />
* LANG<br />
* TZ<br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* timedatectl<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service.<br />
* Awareness of the ntpq command.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo/<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server. Use of the systemd journal subsystem is covered. Also, awareness of rsyslog and syslog-ng as alternative logging systems is included.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Configuration of the syslog daemon.<br />
* Understanding of standard facilities, priorities and actions.<br />
* Configuration of logrotate.<br />
* Awareness of rsyslog and syslog-ng.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* /var/log/<br />
* logger <br />
* logrotate<br />
* /etc/logrotate.conf<br />
* /etc/logrotate.d/<br />
* journalctl<br />
* /etc/systemd/journald.conf<br />
* /var/log/journal/<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups/<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding of network masks and CIDR notation.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP addresses.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports and services (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 123, 139, 143, 161, 162, 389, 443, 465, 514, 636, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPv6. <br />
* Knowledge of the basic features of IPv6.<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* IPv4, IPv6<br />
* Subnetting<br />
* TCP, UDP, ICMP<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces.<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration.<br />
* Setting a default route. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* ip<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ip<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* ping6<br />
* traceroute<br />
* traceroute6 <br />
* tracepath<br />
* tracepath6<br />
* netcat<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Query remote DNS servers.<br />
* Configure local name resolution and use remote DNS servers.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
* host<br />
* dig<br />
* getent<br />
<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Determine which users have logged in to the system or are currently logged in.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* fuser<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit<br />
* who, w, last<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |<br />
<br />
Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | <br />
<br />
'''Weight'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | <br />
<br />
'''Description'''<br />
<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
<br />
The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication.<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys.<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration, usage and revocation.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels).<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/<br />
<br />
==Future Change Considerations==<br />
<br />
Future changes to the objective will/may include:<br />
<br />
* * include another monitoring command : watch<br />
* cover UEFI in LPIC-1 instead of LPIC-2 [http://list.lpi.org/cgi-bin/mailman/private/lpi-examdev/2016-April/003166.html] (EFI shell, gdisk, parted, ...)<br />
* Cover nVME<br />
* explicitly mention GUIDs w/GPT<br />
* add declare to Bash coverage<br />
* * dump older syslog implementations<br />
* cover compgen and/or complete<br />
* * bring back awk coverage (maybe LPIC-2)<br />
* * Consider removing SQL as it is not Linux-specific<br />
* Add [http://mielke.cc/brltty/ BRLTTY]<br />
* Automatic update management<br />
* blockdev or other tools related to determine the logical/physical block (sector) size. 4KiB/512e vs. 4KiB/4KiB physical/logical, i.e. for uEFI<br />
* Add chrony to LPIC-1 102 exam topic 108 (used in CentOS 7 now)<br />
* Add runusr and /etc/securetty to LPIC-1 102 exam topic 110<br />
* * Consider dnf for package management</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=ObjectiveMaintenanceSchedule&diff=4202ObjectiveMaintenanceSchedule2017-09-20T13:19:08Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
Exam objectives are numbered in the format <major>.<minor>.<patch> (eg. version 3.0.4) which parallel the different life cycles used to maintain them.<br />
<br />
The 3 different life cycles during maintenance and creation. They are:<br />
<br />
* addendum<br />
* revision<br />
* redo<br />
<br />
===Relationship with Exam Form Versions===<br />
<br />
Exam versions are 'numbered' as <redo><revision><refresh><formID>.<br />
<br />
The refresh number starts with 0 (zero) on the first batch of new exam forms for a particular <redo><revision> combination. The refresh number increases by one for each new batch of exam forms.<br />
<br />
Example: The first batch of exam forms for the 3.5.x version of the LPIC-1 objectives will be version 350A, 350B, etc.<br />
The second batch of exam forms for this version of the objectives will be 351A, 351B, etc.<br />
<br />
==Life Cycles==<br />
<br />
===Addendum Life Cycle===<br />
<br />
* Period: quarterly (or as required)<br />
* Announcement Schedule: none<br />
* Interested Parties: authors and courseware developers<br />
* Version Impact: updates the patch number<br />
<br />
As exam candidates and courseware creators ask for clarification on the objectives, LPI published quarterly updates to the published objectives. <br />
<br />
These addenda, if any, are published on a quarterly basis and have no impact on the exam contents.<br />
<br />
===Revision Life Cycle===<br />
<br />
* Period: 3 years<br />
* Announcement Schedule:<br />
** Final Version: 6 months prior to adoption<br />
* Interested Parties: authors, courseware developers<br />
* Version Impact: updates the minor version number<br />
<br />
Every 3 years, LPI makes revisions to the published objectives. There is no substantial change to the objectives. Instead, versions of covered technologies may change, some technologies may also be dropped. Very rarely will anything be added.<br />
<br />
===Republish Life Cycle===<br />
<br />
* Period: 6 years (or as required)<br />
* Announcement Schedule:<br />
** Final Version: 6 months prior to adoption<br />
* Interested Parties: everyone<br />
* Version Impact: updates the major version number<br />
<br />
Every 6 years, or as required (both sooner or later), LPI will fully update the exam published exam objectives. Almost anything can change (but doesn't), new technologies may be introduced or removed and a full Job Task Analysis is performed to identify new job tasks, technologies and reapportion the weighting of the objectives in the exam.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Free_Training_Materials&diff=3995Free Training Materials2017-01-13T15:55:24Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
Here are a list of training materials for the LPI exams. Feel free to add to the list.<br />
<br />
==Linux Essentials==<br />
<br />
* [https://www.tuxcademy.org/media/lxes/ Tuxcademy(DE)]<br />
* [https://www.linuxcertification.co.za/sites/default/files/linux-esentials-manual.pdf Linup Front(v1.0 EN)]<br />
* [https://lcnsqr.com/curso-linux-essentials Luciano Siqueira(PT)]<br />
<br />
==LPIC-1==<br />
<br />
* [https://www.tuxcademy.org/media/lpic1/ Tuxcademy(EN, DE)]<br />
* [http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/lpi/101.html IBM developerWorks(EN)]<br />
<br />
==LPIC-2==<br />
<br />
* [https://www.tuxcademy.org/media/lpic2/ Tuxcademy(DE)]<br />
* [http://lpic2.unix.nl/ Snow(EN)] or in [http://lpic2.unix.nl/lpic2.pdf PDF(EN)]<br />
* [http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/lpi/201.html IBM developerWorks(EN)]<br />
* [https://www.lisenet.com/lpic-2/ Lisenet(EN)]<br />
<br />
==LPIC-3==<br />
<br />
===300 Mixed Environments===<br />
<br />
* coming<br />
<br />
===303 Security===<br />
<br />
* coming<br />
<br />
===304 Virtualization and High Availability===<br />
<br />
* [https://www.lisenet.com/lpic-3/ Lisenet(EN)]<br />
* [http://lpi.tecnoapp.com.br/index.php/Main_Page Tecnoapp(PT-BR)]<br />
<br />
==Non-Free Materials==</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Free_Training_Materials&diff=3994Free Training Materials2017-01-13T15:52:09Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
Here are a list of training materials for the LPI exams. Feel free to add to the list.<br />
<br />
==Linux Essentials==<br />
<br />
* [https://www.tuxcademy.org/media/lxes/ Tuxcademy(DE)]<br />
* [https://www.linuxcertification.co.za/sites/default/files/linux-esentials-manual.pdf Linup Front(v1.0 EN)]<br />
* [https://lcnsqr.com/curso-linux-essentials Luciano Siqueira(PT)]<br />
<br />
==LPIC-1==<br />
<br />
* [https://www.tuxcademy.org/media/lpic1/ Tuxcademy(EN, DE)]<br />
* [http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/lpi/101.html IBM developerWorks(EN)]<br />
<br />
==LPIC-2==<br />
<br />
* [http://lpic2.unix.nl/ Snow Unix Specialists(EN)]<br />
* [https://www.tuxcademy.org/media/lpic2/ Tuxcademy(DE)]<br />
* [http://lpic2.unix.nl/ Snow(EN)] or in [http://lpic2.unix.nl/lpic2.pdf PDF(EN)]<br />
* [http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/lpi/201.html IBM developerWorks(EN)]<br />
* [https://www.lisenet.com/lpic-2/ Lisenet(EN)]<br />
<br />
==LPIC-3==<br />
<br />
===300 Mixed Environments===<br />
<br />
* coming<br />
<br />
===303 Security===<br />
<br />
* coming<br />
<br />
===304 Virtualization and High Availability===<br />
<br />
* [https://www.lisenet.com/lpic-3/ Lisenet(EN)]<br />
* [http://lpi.tecnoapp.com.br/index.php/Main_Page Tecnoapp(PT-BR)]<br />
<br />
==Non-Free Materials==</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Volunteer_Opportunities&diff=3828Volunteer Opportunities2016-04-05T17:48:12Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
Here are a list of ways that you can help LPI.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Volunteer Recognition==<br />
<br />
There is a separate page of LPI volunteers on the [[VolunteerRecognition|Volunteer Recognition]] page. Please update it, if your name has been overlooked.<br />
<br />
==Translations==<br />
<br />
===Exam Translation===<br />
<br />
For this task, we rely on LPI affiliates. If you are interested in helping, please contact one of them (link to affiliates required) to help.<br />
<br />
Also, if you are going to help, please get your certification first ;)<br />
<br />
If you get this far, please read the [[Translation Instructions]].<br />
<br />
<br />
===Objective Translation===<br />
<br />
The objectives listed on the LPI wiki (see the side bar) could definitely use more volunteers. contact [[User:GMatthewRice]] if you need assistance.<br />
<br />
Also, check out [[Translation Instructions#How to use Omega with Wiki Materials|these instructions]].<br />
<br />
==Item Writing==<br />
<br />
Not much to it: [[VolunteerItemWriting|Volunteer Item Writing]]<br />
<br />
Now with monthly awards for volunteers (awarded quarterly)<br />
<br />
<br />
==Item Evaluation==<br />
<br />
This is the Angoff Studies that are mentioned on the [http://www2.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process/exam_creation__1 web site].<br />
<br />
The [[CutScoreInstructions|instructions are here]].<br />
<br />
==Objective Creation and Maintenance==<br />
<br />
Please join the [http://list.lpi.org/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Examdev mailing list] for this.<br />
<br />
Also, read the [[ObjectiveMaintenanceSchedule| maintenance schedule]].<br />
<br />
==Town Halls==<br />
<br />
Join us in our [[TownHall]] meetings and voice your opinion on LPI activities and goals.<br />
<br />
==Teacher Resources==<br />
<br />
Find some useful [[TeacherResources]] here.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Tools Development==<br />
<br />
More information on the [[Xamnet]] project is here.<br />
<br />
==Other Stuff==<br />
<br />
Virtualization skills are rapidly moving down the experience stack for technicians. It is reasonable, now, to assume that even junior/intermediate IT professionals to have experience and understanding in [[LPI-VCT|Virtualization]].<br />
<br />
A Virtualization Certification built upon LPIC-1.<br />
<br />
There also may be a [[LinuxBasics]] exam in the works.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Volunteer_Opportunities&diff=3827Volunteer Opportunities2016-04-05T17:48:00Z<p>KevinGlendenning: /* Other Stuff */</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
Here are a list of ways that you can help LPI.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Volunteer Recognition==<br />
<br />
There is a separate page of LPI volunteers on the [[VolunteerRecognition|Volunteer Recognition]] page. Please update it, if your name has been overlooked.<br />
<br />
==Translations==<br />
<br />
===Exam Translation===<br />
<br />
For this task, we rely on LPI affiliates. If you are interested in helping, please contact one of them (link to affiliates required) to help.<br />
<br />
Also, if you are going to help, please get your certification first ;)<br />
<br />
If you get this far, please read the [[Translation Instructions]].<br />
<br />
<br />
===Objective Translation===<br />
<br />
The objectives listed on the LPI wiki (see the side bar) could definitely use more volunteers. contact [[User:GMatthewRice]] if you need assistance.<br />
<br />
Also, check out [[Translation Instructions#How to use Omega with Wiki Materials|these instructions]].<br />
<br />
==Item Writing==<br />
<br />
Not much to it: [[VolunteerItemWriting|Volunteer Item Writing]]<br />
<br />
Now with monthly awards for volunteers (awarded quarterly)<br />
<br />
<br />
==Item Evaluation==<br />
<br />
This is the Angoff Studies that are mentioned on the [http://www2.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process/exam_creation__1 web site].<br />
<br />
The [[CutScoreInstructions|instructions are here]].<br />
<br />
==Objective Creation and Maintenance==<br />
<br />
Please join the [http://list.lpi.org/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Examdev mailing list] for this.<br />
<br />
Also, read the [[ObjectiveMaintenanceSchedule| maintenance schedule]].<br />
<br />
==Town Halls==<br />
<br />
Join us in our [[TownHall]] meetings and voice your opinion on LPI activities and goals.<br />
<br />
==Teacher Resources==<br />
<br />
Find some useful [[TeacherResources]] here.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Tools Development==<br />
<br />
More information on the [[Xamnet]] project is here.<br />
<br />
==Other Stuff==<br />
<br />
Virtualization skills are rapidly moving down the experience stack for technicians. It is reasonable, now, to assume that even junior/intermediate IT professionals to have experience and understanding in [[LPI-VCT|Virtualization]].<br />
<br />
A Virtualization Certification built upon LPIC-1.<br />
<br />
There also may be a [[LinuxBasics]] exam in the works.<br />
<br />
[http://www.lpi.org Test]</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=TownHall&diff=3811TownHall2015-11-27T01:18:14Z<p>KevinGlendenning: /* How to Join the Meeting */</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
<br />
===Motivation===<br />
<br />
These meetings are intended to provide a forum for everyone to discuss anything pertaining to LPI, its partners and activities in an open and collaborative fashion.<br />
<br />
<br />
===Meeting Dates===<br />
<br />
Times will be variable to accommodate our diverse time zones.<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
! Date !! San Francisco !! Toronto !! London !! Paris/Berlin !! Tokyo !! Hong Kong <br />
|-<br />
|| Tuesday Dec 15, 2015 || 4am PST || 7am EST || 12pm Noon GMT || 1pm CET || 9pm JST || 8pm HKT <br />
|-<br />
|| Thursday Jan 14, 2016 || 2pm PST || 5pm EST || 10pm GMT || 11pm CET || 7am (Friday) JST || 6am (Friday) HKT <br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Would a weekend meeting be better for some?'''<br />
<br />
===Topics===<br />
<br />
Every meeting will be on a specific topic in order to ensure a tight focus. Currently meetings on the following topics are planned:<br />
<br />
* certification and exam development<br />
* global organization, events and volunteering<br />
* opportunities in employment and entrepreneurialism<br />
* professional growth through education and collaboration<br />
* engagement in LPI, FOSS and broader community activities<br />
* partnerships to promote professional use of FOSS<br />
<br />
<br />
Additional topics may be suggested in the meetings.<br />
<br />
===Preparation===<br />
<br />
Before the meeting starts, a brief document summarizing the current situation and some ideas and thoughts that should be discussed. While this is meant as an initial input for the discussion, everyone is invited to bring up additional topics.<br />
<br />
===Providing Input===<br />
<br />
Real improvement can only happen with open dialogue and agreement. Though LPI endorses open discussion, we want to offer a confidential way of providing input to everyone in the possession of sensitive information that he/she thinks should be brought to LPI's attention. Therefore, confidential feedback may be sent either anonymously or via an intermediary to TODO / TODO: ANONYMOUS LETTERBOX? IRC anonymous repost bot?<br />
<br />
==How to Join the Meeting==<br />
<br />
To join the meeting (or any time) use your existing IRC client to join the #lpi-townhall channel or use this [http://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=lpi-townhall Web Client].</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LinuxEssentials_Objectives_V1&diff=1984LinuxEssentials Objectives V12012-06-12T13:26:22Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction and Exam Development Workshops==<br />
The description of the entire Linux Essentials Programme programme is listed [[LinuxEssentialsProgramme|here]].<br />
<br />
The purpose of the Linux Essentials Certificate is to define the basic knowledge required to competently use a desktop or mobile device using a Linux Operating System. The associated Linux Essentials Program will guide and encourage youth (and those new to Linux and Open Source) to understand the place of Linux and Open Source in the context of the broader IT industry.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==FAQs==<br />
<br />
Questions and answers on the Linux Essentials Program and Exam are listed [[LinuxEssentials/FAQs|here]].<br />
<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Minimally Qualified Candidate Description==<br />
This is a description of a candidate that is just barely<br />
qualified to pass the LPI Linux Essentials exam. This hypothetical<br />
person is called the Minimally Qualified Candidate (MQC). Standards on<br />
the Linux Essentials exam should be set so that this person (and<br />
anyone more able) would pass but anyone less able would not pass.<br />
<br />
The successful candidate should have an understanding of the Linux and Open Source industry and knowledge of the most popular Open Source Applications. The candidate should understand the major components of the Linux operating system, and have the technical proficiency to work on the Linux command line. The MQC has a basic understanding of security and administration related topics such<br />
as user/group management, working on the command line and permissions. The Linux Essentials Certificate holder is most likely the end user of a mostly managed system.<br />
<br />
<br />
The '''LPI Linux Essentials Certificate Holder MQC''' typically:<br />
<br />
* Has a basic understanding of FOSS, the various communities and licenses.<br />
* Understands the basic concepts of processes, programs and the components of an Operating System.<br />
* Has a basic knowledge of computer hardware<br />
* Has a basic appreciation of system security, users/groups and file permissions for public and private directories.<br />
* Basic understanding of how to make the system accessible and able to connect to other computers on a Local Area Network (LAN).<br />
* Demonstrates a knowledge of Open Source Applications in the Workplace as they relate to Closed Source equivalents.<br />
* Understands navigation systems on a Linux Desktop and where to go for help.<br />
* Has a rudimentary ability to work on the command line and with files.<br />
* Make and restore simple backups and archives.<br />
* Can use a basic command line editor.<br />
* Understands file compression.<br />
* Ability to create and run simple scripts.<br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 1.0.<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials|English]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(FR)|French]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(DE)|German]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(EL)|Greek]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(ES)|Spanish]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(TR)|Turkish]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(IT)|Italian]]<br />
* [[LinuxEssentials(NL)|Dutch]]<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives==<br />
<br />
===''Topic 1:The Linux Community and a Career in Open Source (weight: 7)''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">1.1 Linux Evolution and Popular Operating Systems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Knowledge of Linux development and major distributions.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Open Source Philosophy<br />
* Distributions<br />
* Embedded Systems<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Android<br />
* Debian<br />
* CentOS<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">1.2 Major Open Source Applications</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Awareness of major applications and their uses.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Desktop Applications<br />
* Server Applications<br />
* Mobile Applications<br />
* Development Languages<br />
* Package Management Tools and repositories<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* OpenOffice.org, LibreOffice, Thunderbird, Firefox<br />
* Blender, Gimp, Audacity, ImageMagick<br />
* Apache, MySQL, PostgreSQL<br />
* NFS, Samba, OpenLDAP, Postfix, DNS, DHCP<br />
* C, Java, Perl, shell, Python, PHP<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">1.3 Understanding Open Source Software and Licensing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Open communities and licensing Open Source Software for business.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Licensing<br />
* Free Software Foundation (FSF), Open Source Initiative (OSI)<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GPL, BSD, Creative Commons<br />
* Free Software, Open Source Software, FOSS, FLOSS<br />
* Open Source business models<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* Intellectual Property (IP): copyright, trademarks and patents<br />
* Apache License, Mozilla License<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">1.4 ICT Skills and Working in Linux</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Basic Information and Communication Technology (ICT) skills and working in Linux.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Desktop Skills<br />
* Getting to the Command Line<br />
* Industry uses of Linux, Cloud Computing and Virtualization<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Using a browser, privacy concerns, configuration options, searching the web and saving content<br />
* Terminal and Console<br />
* Password issues<br />
* Privacy issues and tools<br />
* Use of common open source applications in presentations and projects<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 2: Finding Your Way on a Linux System (weight: 8)''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">2.1 Command Line Basics</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Basics of using the Linux command line.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Basic shell<br />
* Formatting commands<br />
* Working With Options<br />
* Variables<br />
* Globbing<br />
* Quoting<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* echo<br />
* history<br />
* PATH env variable<br />
* export<br />
* which<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* Substitutions<br />
* ||, && and ; control operators<br />
<br/><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">2.2 Using the Command Line to Get Help </span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |Running help commands and navigation of the various help systems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Man<br />
* Info<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* man<br />
* info<br />
* Man pages<br />
* /usr/share/doc<br />
* locate<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* apropos, whatis, whereis<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">2.3 Using Directories and Listing Files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Navigation of home and system directories and listing files in various locations.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Files, directories<br />
* Hidden files and directories<br />
* Home<br />
* Absolute and relative paths<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Common options for ls<br />
* Recursive listings<br />
* cd <br />
* '''.''' and '''..'''<br />
* home and ~<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">2.4 Creating, Moving and Deleting Files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Create, move and delete files and directories under the home directory.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Files and directories<br />
* Case sensitivity<br />
* Simple globbing and quoting<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mv, cp, rm, touch<br />
* mkdir, rmdir<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br /><br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 3: The Power of the Command Line (weight: 10)''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">3.1 Archiving Files on the Command Line</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Archiving files in the user home directory.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Files, directories<br />
* Archives, compression<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* tar<br />
* Common tar options<br />
* gzip, bzip2<br />
* zip, unzip<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* Extracting individual files from archives<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">3.2 Searching and Extracting Data from Files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Search and extract data from files in the home directory.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Command line pipes<br />
* I/O re-direction<br />
* Partial POSIX Regular Expressions (., [ ], *, ?)<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* grep<br />
* less<br />
* cat, head, tail<br />
* sort<br />
* cut<br />
* wc<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* Partial POSIX Basic Regular Expressions ([^ ], ^, $)<br />
* Partial POSIX Extended Regular Expressions (+, ( ), |)<br />
* xargs<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">3.3 Turning Commands into a Script</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Turning repetitive commands into simple scripts.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Basic text editing<br />
* Basic shell scripting<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
* Variables<br />
* Arguments<br />
* for loops<br />
* echo<br />
* Exit status<br />
* names of common text editors<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* use of pico, nano, vi (only basics for creating scripts)<br />
* Bash<br />
* if, while, case statements<br />
* read and test, and [ commands<br />
<br/><br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 4: The Linux Operating System (weight: 8)''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">4.1 Choosing an Operating System</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Knowledge of major operating systems and Linux distributions.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Windows, Mac, Linux differences<br />
* Distribution life cycle management<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GUI versus command line, desktop configuration<br />
* Maintenance cycles, Beta and Stable<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">4.2 Understanding Computer Hardware</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |Familiarity with the components that go into building desktop and server computers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Hardware<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Hard drives and partitions, motherboards, processors, power supplies, optical drives, peripherals<br />
* Display types<br />
* Drivers<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">4.3 Where Data is Stored</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Where various types of information are stored on a Linux system.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel<br />
* Processes<br />
* syslog, klog, dmesg<br />
* /lib, /usr/lib, /etc, /var/log<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Programs, libraries, packages and package databases, system configuration<br />
* Processes and process tables, memory addresses, system messaging and logging<br />
* ps, top, free<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">4.4 Your Computer on the Network</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" |Querying vital networking settings and determining the basic requirements for a computer on a Local Area Network (LAN).<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Internet, network, routers<br />
* Domain Name Service<br />
* Network configuration<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* route<br />
* resolv.conf<br />
* IPv4, IPv6<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* dig<br />
<br/><br />
<br />
===''Topic 5: Security and File Permissions (weight: 7)''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">5.1 Basic Security and Identifying User Types</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Various types of users on a Linux system.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Root and Standard Users<br />
* System users<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/passwd, /etc/group<br />
* id, who, w<br />
* sudo<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* su<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">5.2 Creating Users and Groups</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Creating users and groups on a Linux system.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* User and group commands<br />
* User IDs<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, /etc/group<br />
* id, last<br />
* useradd, groupadd<br />
* passwd<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* usermod, userdel<br />
* groupmod, groupdel<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">5.3 Managing File Permissions and Ownership</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Understanding and manipulating file permissions and ownership settings.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* File/directory permissions and owners<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ls -l<br />
* chmod, chown<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* chgrp<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">5.4 Special Directories and Files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Special directories and files on a Linux system including special permissions.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* System files, libraries<br />
* Symbolic links<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc, /var<br />
* /tmp, /var/tmp and Sticky Bit<br />
* ls -d<br />
* ln -s<br />
'''Nice to know:'''<br />
* Hard links<br />
* Setuid/Setgid<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Reference Material''===<br />
<br />
===Notes and Comments===<br />
<br />
Feel free to add comments below:</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=179LPIC-3042010-07-29T17:24:29Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
The is a description of the entire [[LPIC-3]] programme is listed [[LPIC-3|here]].<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 1.0.0 RC1.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 330: Virtualization''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.1 Virtualization Concepts and Theory (weight: 10)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 10<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Terminology<br />
* Pros and Cons of Virtualization<br />
* Variations of Virtual Machine Monitors<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Hypervisor<br />
* HVM(HardwareVirtualMachine) <br />
* PV(Paravirtualization) <br />
* domains<br />
* emulation and simulation<br />
* CPU flags<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.2 Xen (weight: 10)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 10<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Xen w/Intel VT<br />
* Xen w/AMD-V<br />
* Dom0 DomU GuestOS HostOS<br />
* xm<br />
* /etc/xen<br />
* xmdomain.cfg<br />
* xentop<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.3 KVM (weight: 7)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 7<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /proc/cpuinfo<br />
* kernel modules: kvm kvm-intel kvm-amd<br />
* /etc/kvm/ <br />
* kvm-qemu<br />
* kvm_stat<br />
* kvm netwoking<br />
* kvm monitor<br />
* kvm storage<br />
* qemu <br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.4 Other Virtualization Solutions (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* OpenVZ<br />
* VirtualBox<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 331: Load Balancing''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.1 Linux Virtual Server (weight: 5)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* IPVS<br />
* VRRP<br />
* keepalived configuration<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ipvsadm<br />
* syncd<br />
* LVS-NAT/Tun/DR/LocalNode<br />
* connection scheduling algorithms<br />
* genhash <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.2 HAProxy (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Exam candidates should be able to install, configure and maintain HAProxy.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* HAProxy<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ACLs<br />
* load balancing algorithms<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.3 LinuxPMI (weight: 1)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* kernel patching<br />
* SSI vs MSI<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* linuxPMI<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 332: Cluster Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.1 Pacemaker (weight: 5)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Essential cluster configuration<br />
* resource agents<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* crmd<br />
* PEngine<br />
* CIB ptest<br />
* cibadmin<br />
* crmadmin<br />
* crm_* resource agents (heartbeat v2, LSB, OCF)<br />
* authkeys<br />
* /usr/lib/heartbeat/ResourceManager <br />
* /etc/ha.d/<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.2 Advanced Pacemaker (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* fencing<br />
* quorum<br />
* data integrity<br />
* integration with file systems<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* STONITHd<br />
* OCFS2<br />
* ldirectord<br />
* softdog<br />
* OpenAIS and corosync<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.3 Red Hat Cluster Suite (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Essential cluster configuration<br />
* resource agents<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ccs<br />
* OpenAIS<br />
* rgmanager<br />
* /etc/ais/<br />
* /etc/corosync/<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.4 Advanced Red Hat Cluster Suite (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* fencing<br />
* quorum<br />
* data integrity<br />
* integration with file systems<br />
* integration with LVS<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* qdiskd<br />
* /etc/lvs.cf<br />
* Piranha<br />
* GFS<br />
* Conga<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
===''Topic 333: Cluster Storage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.1 DRBD (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Pacemaker<br />
* w/heartbeat<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.2 Global File System and OCFS2 (weight: 3)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GFS2<br />
* Distributed Lock Manager<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.3 Other Clustered File Systems (weight: 1)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Coda<br />
* AFS<br />
* GlusterFS<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
<br />
===''Reference Material''===<br />
'''Virtualization Theory and Concepts:'''<br />
* Xen: http://www.xen.org/support/documentation.html<br />
* KVM: http://www.linux-kvm.org/page/Documents<br />
* QEMU: http://wiki.qemu.org<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Load Balancing:'''<br />
* LVS: http://www.linuxvirtualserver.org/Documents.html<br />
* HAProxy: http://haproxy.1wt.eu/#docs<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cluster Management:'''<br />
* Pacemaker: http://clusterlabs.org/wiki/Documentation<br />
** including: cluster glue, resource agents: http://www.linux-ha.org/wiki/Main_Page<br />
* Red Hat Cluster Suite: http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/csgfs/<br />
** including: OpenAIS/corosync: http://www.corosync.org and http://www.openais.org<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Cluster Storage:'''<br />
* DRBD: http://www.drbd.org/docs/about/<br />
* GFS: http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/csgfs/<br />
* OCFS2: http://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2/documentation/</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives_V3&diff=149LPIC-2 Objectives V32010-04-23T15:56:14Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Undo revision 148 by Jann112 (Talk)</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
This is a required exam for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 3.0.3.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Addenda==<br />
===''Addendum (Oct 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* drop routed from 212.1<br />
===''Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add uuidgen, tune2fs (-U) to 301.1 partial file list<br />
* add TSIG to 207.3 partial file list<br />
* drop cloneconfig and prepare-all from 201.2 partial file list<br />
* add xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair to 203.2 partial file list<br />
* expanded details on HFS/ISO9660/UDF file systems and extensions in 203.3 key knowledge areas<br />
* add awareness of sdparm to 204.2 partial file list<br />
* add iwlist to 205.1 partial file list<br />
* changed terminology from "make options" to "make targets" in 201.2<br />
===''Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add vol_id, blkid and /dev/disk/* to 203.1 partial file list<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel Components</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, identifying stable and development kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
* zImage<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a kernel</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
* GRUB configuration files<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x make targets <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
* make<br />
* make targets (config, xconfig, menuconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Patching a kernel</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly patch a kernel to add support for new hardware. This objective also includes being able to properly remove kernel patches from already patched kernels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* patch<br />
* gzip<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.4 Customise, build and install a custom kernel and kernel modules</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customise, build and install a 2.6 kernel for specific system requirements, by patching, compiling and editing configuration files as required. This objective includes being able to assess requirements for a kernel compile as well as build and configure kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* patch<br />
* make<br />
* module tools<br />
* /usr/src/linux/*<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
* /boot/*<br />
* make targets: all, config, menuconfig, xconfig, gconfig oldconfig, modules, install, modules_install, depmod, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.5 Manage/Query kernel and kernel modules at runtime</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x kernel and its loadable modules. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
* depmod<br />
* insmod<br />
* lsmod<br />
* rmmod<br />
* modinfo<br />
* modprobe<br />
* uname <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising system startup and boot processes</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
* chkconfig<br />
* update-rc.d <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* inittab<br />
* GRUB<br />
* grub shell <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* init<br />
* mount<br />
* fsck<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
* Use of UUIDs <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
* mount and umount<br />
* sync<br />
* swapon<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2 and ext3<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate reiserfs V3<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
* badblocks<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* debugfs, debugreiserfs<br />
* tune2fs, reiserfstune<br />
* mkswap<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
* mkisofs<br />
* dd<br />
* mke2fs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.4 udev Device Management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* udev rules<br />
* Kernel interface <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Software raid configuration files and utilities <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
* mdadm<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
* fdisk <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* hdparm<br />
* sdparm<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* sysctl<br />
* /dev/hd* & /dev/sd* <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
* mount<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Configuring wireless networks <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
* /sbin/iwlist <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration and Troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device, configuring a VPN client and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
* openvpn<br />
* nmap<br />
* wireshark <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
* /etc/network || /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow & /etc/hosts.deny<br />
* /etc/hostname | /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
* /usr/bin/dig<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
* /usr/bin/host <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.4 Notify users on system-related issues</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
* wall<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 206:System Maintenance''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
* gunzip<br />
* gzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* tar<br />
* configure<br />
* make<br />
* uname<br />
* install <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* tar<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
* mt<br />
* rsync <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to convert older BIND configuration files to newer format, managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
* kill <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone or root level server. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
* resource record formats<br />
* dig<br />
* nslookup<br />
* host <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
===''Topic 208 Web Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Implementing a web server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
* .htaccess<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
* mod_auth<br />
* htpasswd<br />
* htgroup<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
* httpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Maintaining a web server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* SSL certificate handling<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
* /etc/ssl/*<br />
* openssl <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing a proxy server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Squid 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* squid.conf<br />
* acl<br />
* http_access <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 SAMBA Server Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Samba 3 documentation<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
* smbclient<br />
* net<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* NFS configuration files<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
* tcpwrappers <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
* exportfs<br />
* showmount<br />
* nfsstat<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
* mountd<br />
* portmapper <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 210 Network Client Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
* arp<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
* pam.conf<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
* ldapadd<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol, sendmail, and exim <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
* Basic configuration of sendmail<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
* /etc/mail/*<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* /var/spool/mail<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ~/.procmail<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
* procmail<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Securing FTP servers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
* Usage of XWindow and other application protocols through SSH tunnels<br />
* Configuration of ssh-agent<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* sshd<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 TCP Wrapper</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure TCP Wrapper to allow connections to specified servers only from certain hosts or subnets.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* TCP Wrapper configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* inetd configuration files, tools and utilities <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny<br />
* libwrap<br />
* tcpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 Security tasks</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* telnet<br />
* nmap<br />
* snort<br />
* fail2ban<br />
* nc<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 213: Troubleshooting''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.1 Identifying boot stages and troubleshooting bootloaders</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB and LILO are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
* kernel loading<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
* Know the different bootloader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
* Overwriting standard bootloader options and using bootloader shells <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
* GRUB<br />
* grub-install<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
* Master boot record<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* lilo<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.2 General troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
* Various system and daemon log files<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
* Screen output during bootup<br />
* Kernel syslog entries in system logs (if entry is able to be gained)<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the used hardware<br />
* Tools and utilities to trace software and their system and library calls <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dmesg<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
* strace<br />
* strings<br />
* ltrace<br />
* lsof<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.3 Troubleshooting system resources</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify, diagnose and repair local system issues when using software from the command line. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Core system variables<br />
* The contents of:<br />
** /etc/profile && /etc/profile.d/<br />
** /etc/init.d/<br />
** /etc/rc.*<br />
** /etc/sysctl.conf<br />
** /etc/bashrc<br />
** /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
** or other appropriate global shell configuration files <br />
* Any standard editor<br />
* Standard tools, utilites and commands to manipulate the above files and variables<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/ln<br />
* /bin/rm<br />
* /sbin/ldconfig<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.4 Troubleshooting environment configurations</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify common local system and user environment configuration issues and common repair techniques.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Core system variables<br />
* init configuration files<br />
* init start process<br />
* cron configuration files<br />
* Login process<br />
* User-password storage files<br />
* Determine user group associations<br />
* SHELL configuration files of bash<br />
* Analysing which processes or daemons are running <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/rc.local<br />
* /etc/rc.boot<br />
* /var/spool/cron/crontabs/<br />
* The default shell configuration file(s) in /etc/<br />
* /etc/login.defs<br />
* /etc/syslog.conf<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /sbin/init<br />
* /usr/sbin/cron<br />
* /usr/bin/crontab</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=54Main Page2009-12-16T18:30:51Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTITLE__<br />
=== Welcome to the Linux Professional Institute wiki! ===<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
This a place for the community to openly discuss everything from exam development topics to LPI policies and procedures.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
We encourage you to participate in the exam development process by providing your input on our exam objectives. To do so, simply [http://wiki.lpi.org/pubwiki/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Main_Page Create an Account], and then jump in using the navigation bar on the left.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
You may find the following links useful:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/the_lpic_program The Current Published Exam Objectives]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process The Exam Development Process]<br />
* [http://list.lpi.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Exam Development Mailing List]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/faq LPI's FAQ]<br />
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki Markup]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
Please contact the [mailto:wiki@lpi.org administrator] with any questions or comments about the wiki, or [mailto:info@lpi.org info@lpi.org] for any inquiries regarding exam development.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=50Main Page2009-12-04T07:55:06Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTITLE__<br />
=== Welcome to the LPI wiki! ===<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
This a place for the community to openly discuss everything from exam development topics to LPI policies and procedures.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
We encourage you to participate in the exam development process by providing your input on our exam objectives. To do so, simply [http://wiki.lpi.org/pubwiki/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Main_Page Create an Account], and then jump in using the navigation bar on the left.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
You may find the following links useful:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/the_lpic_program The Current Published Exam Objectives]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process The Exam Development Process]<br />
* [http://list.lpi.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Exam Development Mailing List]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/faq LPI's FAQ]<br />
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki Markup]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
Please contact the [mailto:wiki@lpi.org administrator] with any questions or comments about the wiki, or [mailto:info@lpi.org info@lpi.org] for any inquiries regarding exam development.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=47Main Page2009-12-04T01:43:11Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTITLE__<br />
=== Welcome to the new LPI wiki! ===<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
This a place for the community to openly discuss everything from exam development topics to LPI policies and procedures.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
We encourage you to participate in the exam development process by providing your input on our exam objectives. To do so, simply [http://wiki.lpi.org/pubwiki/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Main_Page Create an Account], and then jump in using the navigation bar on the left.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
You may find the following links useful:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/the_lpic_program The Current Published Exam Objectives]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process The Exam Development Process]<br />
* [http://list.lpi.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Exam Development Mailing List]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/faq LPI's FAQ]<br />
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki Markup]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
Please contact the [mailto:wiki@lpi.org administrator] with any questions or comments about the wiki, or [mailto:info@lpi.org info@lpi.org] for any inquiries regarding exam development.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1&diff=45LPIC-12009-12-04T01:26:24Z<p>KevinGlendenning: /* Translations of Objectives */</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br />
This page covers the currently released objective for the LPIC-1 certification. <br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 3.0.2.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Addenda==<br />
===''Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level in 106.1 key knowledge area<br />
===''Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list<br />
* add .bash_history to 103.1 to key terms list<br />
<br /><br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
* [[LPIC-1_Objectives(Catalan)|Catalan]] (currently 101 only)<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
==Objectives: Exam 101==<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.)<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var filesystem<br />
* /home filesystem<br />
* swap space<br />
* mount points<br />
* partitions <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst<br />
* grub-install<br />
* MBR<br />
* superblock<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf<br />
* lilo <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default..<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2<br />
** ext3<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ln<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX)<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys<br />
* Mouse Keys<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes<br />
* Screen Reader<br />
* Braille Display<br />
* Screen Magnifier<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm)<br />
* Orca<br />
* GOK<br />
* emacspeak <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG <br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* syslog configuration files<br />
* syslog<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPV6. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels). <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1_Objectives_V3(Catalan)&diff=44LPIC-1 Objectives V3(Catalan)2009-12-04T01:23:44Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with '__FORCETOC__ ==Introducció== Aquest examen es tracta d'un examen obligatori per obtenir la certificació LPIC-1 o LPI Nivell 1. Cobreix les competències bàsiques…'</p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introducció==<br />
Aquest examen es tracta d'un examen obligatori per obtenir la certificació LPIC-1 o LPI Nivell 1. Cobreix les competències bàsiques per al professional de Linux que són comuns a totes les distribucions de Linux.<br />
<br />
Aquesta pàgina cobreix els nous objectius (versió 3.0) de la certificació LPIC-1. Aquests objectius són la versió 3.0.<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
==Adicions==<br />
===''Adició (1 d'abril del 2009)''===<br />
* Es va reduir a la cobertura del servidor X Font Server a nivell de sensibilització a l'àrea de coneixement 106.1<br />
===''Adició (1 de Gener del 2009)''===<br />
* Afegida la variable d'entorn TZ a la llista parcial 107.3<br />
* Afegida .bash_history a la llista de termes claus 103.1 <br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectius: Examen 101==<br />
===''Tema 101: Arquitectura del sistema''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determinar i configurar el maquinari</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de determinar i configurar el maquinari bàsic del sistema. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Habilitar i deshabilitar els perifèrics integrats.<br />
* Configurar els sistemes amb o sense perifèrics externs com ara els teclats.<br />
* Diferenciar entre els diferents dispositius d'emmagatzematge massiu.<br />
* Establir el correcte identificador (ID) per a diferents dispositius, especialment per al dispositiu d'arrencada.<br />
* Saber les diferències entre els dispositius coldplug (connexió amb l'equip apagat) i hotplug (connexió en calent).<br />
* Determinar els recursos de maquinari per als dispositius.<br />
* Eines i utilitats per a obtenir informació sobre el maquinari (per exemple, lsusb, lspci, etc.)<br />
* Eines i utilitats per a manipular dispositius USB.<br />
* Comprensió conceptual de sysfs, udev, hald, dbus. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Arrencada del sistema</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de guiar al sistema a través del procés d'engegada. <br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Proporcionar les ordres comuns per al gestor d'arrencada i les opcions per al nucli del sistema al moment d'arrencar el sistema.<br />
* Demostrar coneixement de la seqüència d'arrencada des de la BIOS fins al seu acabament.<br />
* Comprovar els esdeveniments produïts durant l'inici del sistema als fitxers de registre. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Canviar els nivells d'execució i apagar o tornar a iniciar el sistema</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços d'administrar els nivells d'execució del sistema. Aquest objectiu inclou canviar al mode d'usuari únic, apagar o tornar a iniciar el sistema. Els candidats han de ser capaços de avisar als usuaris abans de canviar de nivell d'execució i de terminar els seus processos de forma correcta. Aquest objectiu també inclou l'establiment del nivell d'execució per defecte.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Establir el nivell d'execució per defecte.<br />
* Canviar de nivell d'execució, incloent el mode d'usuari únic.<br />
* Apagar i tornar a iniciar des de la línia d'ordres.<br />
* Avisar als usuaris abans de canviar de nivell d'execució o per qualsevol altre succés rellevant del sistema.<br />
* Finalitzar processos de forma correcta. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Tema 102: Instal·lació de Linux i Gestió de Paquets''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Dissenyar la distribució del disc dur</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de dissenyar un esquema de particions per a tots els sistemes Linux. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Assignar sistemes de fitxers i memòria d'intercanvi per separar particions o discos.<br />
* Dissenyar les particions a mida de l'ús que es vol fer del sistema.<br />
* Assegurar que la partició /boot s'ajusta als requeriments de l'arquitectura de maquinari per a l'arrencada del sistema. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var filesystem<br />
* /home filesystem<br />
* swap space<br />
* mount points<br />
* partitions <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Instal·lar un gestor d'arrencada</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de seleccionar, instal·lar i configurar un gestor d'arrencada. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Proporcionar punts d'arrencada alternatius i opcions de còpia de seguretat.<br />
* Instal·lar i configurar un gestor d'arrencada com GRUB.<br />
* Interaccionar amb el gestor d'arrencada. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst<br />
* grub-install<br />
* MBR<br />
* superblock<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf<br />
* lilo <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Gestionar llibreries compartides</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de determinar les llibreries compartides de les que depenen el programari executable i instal·lar-les quan sigui necessari.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Identificar les llibreries compartides.<br />
* Identificar les ubicacions típiques per a les llibreries del sistema.<br />
* Carregar llibreries compartides. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Utilitzar els gestors de paquets tipus Debian</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de gestionar els paquets de programari utilitzant les eines per paquets de Debian. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Instal·lar, actualitzar i desinstal·lar paquets binaris tipus Debian.<br />
* Trobar paquets que contenen fitxers específics o llibreries que poden o no poden estar instal·lades.<br />
* Obtenir informació de paquet com la versió, el contingut, les dependències, la integritat del paquets i l'estat de la instal·lació (si el paquet està o no està instal·lat).<br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Utilitzar el gestor de paquets RPM i YUM</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de de gestionar els paquets de programari utilitzant les eines RPM i YUM. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Instal·lar, tornar a instal·lar, actualitzar i eliminar paquets utilitzant RPM i YUM.<br />
* Obtenir informació dels paquets RPM com la versió, l'estatus, les dependències la integritat i les signatures.<br />
* Determinar quins fitxers proveïx un paquet, així com trobar de quin paquet prové un fitxer especific. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Tema 103: Instruccions GNU i Unix''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Treballar amb la línia d'ordres</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços d'interactuar amb l'interpret d'ordres (shell) i les comandes que utilitzen la línia d'ordres. Aquest objectiu assumeix que l'interpret d'ordres a utilitzar és bash. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Utilitzar ordres bàsiques de l'interpret d'ordres embolcall i seqüències d'instruccions d'una línia per a fer tasques bàsiques amb la línia d'ordres.<br />
* Utilitzar i modificar l'entorn de l'interpret d'ordres incloent la definició, la referència i l'exportació de les variables d'entorn.<br />
* Utilitzar i editar l'històric d'ordres.<br />
* Invocar ordres dins i fora del camí (path) definit. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Processar fluxos de text utilitzant filtres</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços d'aplicar filtres a fluxos de text. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
Enviar fitxers de text i fluxos de sortida a través de filtres processadors de textos per a modificar la sortida utilitzant les instruccions estàndard UNIX incloses al paquet textutils de GNU. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Realitzar tasques bàsiques d'administració de fitxers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços d'utilitzar les ordres bàsiques de Linux per a administrar fitxers i directoris. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Copiar, moure i eliminar fitxers i directoris de forma individual.<br />
* Copiar múltiples fitxers i directoris de forma recursiva.<br />
* Esborrar fitxers i directoris de forma recursiva.<br />
* Utilitzar màscares (wildcards) simples i avançades a les ordres.<br />
* Utilitzar find per a localitzar i actuar sobre fitxers en funció del seu tipus, mida o temps.<br />
* Utilitzar tar, cpio i dd. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Utilitzar fluxos, conductes i redireccions</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de redirigir fluxos i connectar-los per tal de processar dades de text de forma eficient. Les tasques inclouen redirigir l'entrada, la sortida i l'error estàndard i l'ús de conductes (pipes) per tal d'enviar la sortida d'una ordre a l'entrada d'un altra ordre, utilitzant la sortida d'una ordre com a argument d'un altra ordre i enviar la sortida d'una ordre tant a un fitxer com a a la sortida estàndard.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Redirigir l'entrada estàndard, la sortida estàndard i l'error estàndard.<br />
* Utilitzar conductes per enllaçar la sortida d'una instrucció amb l'entrada d'una altra ordre.<br />
* Utilitzar la sortida d'una ordre com a argument per a una altra ordre.<br />
* Enviar la sortida tant cap a la sortida estàndard (stdout) com cap a un fitxer. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Crear, controlar i matar processos</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de gestionar els processos a un nivell bàsic. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Executar processos en primer i en segon pla.<br />
* Indicar a un programa que s'executi desprès de finalitzar la sessió.<br />
* Fer un seguiment dels processos actius.<br />
* Seleccionar i ordenar els processos per a la seva visualització.<br />
* Enviar senyals als processos.<br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modificar les prioritats dels processos en execució</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de gestionar les prioritats d'execució dels processos. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Saber la prioritat per defecte d'un procés que s'ha creat.<br />
* Executar un programa amb una prioritat superior o inferior a la prioritat per defecte.<br />
* Canviar la prioritat d'un procés en execució. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Fer cerques en fitxers de text utilitzant expressions regulars</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de manipular fitxers i dades de text utilitzant expressions regulars. Aquest objectiu inclou la creació d'expressions regulars simples que continguin diversos elements de notació. També inclou l'ús d'eines d'expressions regulars per a fer cerques al sistema de fitxers o en els continguts d'un fitxer.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Crear expressions regulars simples que continguin diversos elements de notació.<br />
* Utilitzar eines d'expressions regulars per a fer cerques a tot el sistema de fitxers o al contingut d'un fitxer. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Fer operacions bàsiques d'edició de text amb vi</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços d'editar fitxers de text utilitzant vi. Aquest objectiu inclou la navegació amb vi, els modes bàsics de vi, inserció, edició, esborrat, còpia i cerques de text.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Navegació a través d'un document utilitzant vi.<br />
* Utilització dels modes bàsics de vi.<br />
* Inserció, edició, esborrat, còpia i cerques de text. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Tema 104: Dispositius, sistemes de fitxers de Linux, Jerarquia estàndard dels sistemes de fitxers''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Crear particions i sistemes de fitxers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de configurar particions de disc i crear sistemes de fitxers en dispositius com ara els discs durs. Això inclou la gestió de les particions d'intercanvi.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Utilitzar diverses instruccions mkfs per a configurar les particions i crear diversos sistemes de fitxers com:<br />
** ext2<br />
** ext3<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Mantenir la integritat dels sistemes de fitxers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de mantenir un sistema de fitxers estàndard, així com la informació extra associada a un sistema de fitxers amb journaling.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Verificar la integritat dels sistemes de fitxers.<br />
* Fer un seguiment de l'espai lliure i dels inodes.<br />
* Reparar problemes simples dels sistemes de fitxers. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (com xfs_metadump i xfs_info) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Muntatge i desmuntatge de sistemes de fitxers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de configurar el muntatge i desmuntatge d'un sistema de fitxers. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Muntatge i desmuntatge manual de sistemes de fitxers.<br />
* Configurar el muntatge d'un sistema de fitxers durant l'arrancada del sistema.<br />
* Configuració de sistemes de fitxers que puguin ser muntats i desmuntats pels usuaris. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Administració de les quotes de disc</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços d'administrar quotes de disc per a usuaris. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Configurar quotes de disc per a un sistema de fitxers.<br />
* Editar, revisar i generar informes de quotes d'usuari. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Administrar permisos i propietaris de fitxers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de controlar l'accés a fitxers a través del correcte ús dels permisos i propietaris dels fitxers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Administrar els permisos d'accés a fitxers regulars, especials i directoris.<br />
* Utilitzar modes d'accés com suid, sgid i sticky bit per a mantenir la seguretat.<br />
* Conèixer com canviar la màscara de creació de fitxers.<br />
* Utilitzar el camp de grup per a donar accés als membres del grup. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Crear i canviar els enllaços durs i simbòlics</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han de ser capaços de crear i gestionar enllaços durs i simbòlics a un fitxer. <br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Crear enllaços.<br />
* Identificar enllaços durs i/o simbòlics.<br />
* Copiar davant enllaçar fitxers.<br />
* Utilitzar enllaços com a ajuda per a tasques d'administració del sistema. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* ln<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Trobar fitxers del sistema i situar fitxers en la ubicació correcta</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Pes'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Descripció'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Els candidats han d'estar familiaritzats en profunditat amb la Jerarquia Estàndard de Sistemes de Fitxers (Filesystem Hierarchy Standard, FHS), incloent les localitzacions típiques de fitxers i les classificacions dels directoris.<br />
|}<br />
'''Àrees Clau de Coneixement:'''<br />
* Comprendre les ubicacions correctes de fitxers sota FHS.<br />
* Trobar fitxers i instruccions a un sistema Linux.<br />
* Conèixer la ubicació i el propòsit de fitxers i directoris importants tal i com es defineixen a FHS. <br />
'''La següent és una llista parcial de fitxers, termes i utilitats utilitzades:'''<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-303_Objectives_V1&diff=41LPIC-303 Objectives V12009-12-04T00:53:30Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
TODO: Need a description for exam here<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 1.0.0. <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 320: Cryptography''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">320.1 OpenSSL</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to configure and use OpenSSL. This includes creating your own Certificate Authority and issues SSL certificates for various applications.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* certificate generation<br />
* key generation<br />
* SSL/TLS client and server tests <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* openssl<br />
* RSA, DH and DSA<br />
* SSL<br />
* X.509<br />
* CSR<br />
* CRL <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">320.2 Advanced GPG</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to use GPG. This includes key generation, signing and publishing to keyservers. Managing multiple private key and IDs is also included.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* GPG encyption and signing<br />
* private/public key management<br />
* GPG key servers<br />
* GPG configuration <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* gpg<br />
* gpgv<br />
* gpg-agent<br />
* ~/.gnupg/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">320.3 Encrypted Filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to setup and configure encrypted filesystems. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* LUKS<br />
* dm-crypt and awareness of CBC, ESSIV, LRW and XTS modes <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dm-crypt<br />
* cryptmount<br />
* cryptsetup <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 321: Access Control''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">321.1 Host Based Access Control</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with basic host based access control such as nsswitch configuration, PAM and password cracking. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* PAM and PAM configuration files<br />
* password cracking<br />
* nsswitch <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
* john <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">321.2 Extended Attributes and ACLs</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates are required to understand and know how to use Extended Attributes and Access Control Lists. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* ACLs<br />
* EAs and attribute classes <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* getfacl<br />
* setfacl<br />
* getfattr<br />
* setfattr <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">321.3 SELinux</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 6<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have a thorough knowledge of SELinux. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* SELinux configuration and command line tools<br />
* TE, RBAC, MAC and DAC concepts and use <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fixfiles/setfiles<br />
* newrole<br />
* setenforce/getenforce<br />
* selinuxenabled<br />
* semanage<br />
* sestatus<br />
* /etc/selinux/<br />
* /etc/selinux.d/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">321.4 Other Mandatory Access Control Systems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with other Mandatory Access Control systems for Linux. This includes major features of these systems but not configuration and use.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* SMACK<br />
* AppArmor <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* SMACK<br />
* AppArmor <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 322: Application Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.1 BIND/DNS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of BIND DNS services. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND v9<br />
* BIND vulnerabilities<br />
* chroot environments <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* TSIG<br />
* BIND ACLs<br />
* named-checkconf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.2 Mail Services</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of Postfix mail services. Awareness of security issues in Sendmail is also required but not configuration.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Postfix security centric configuration<br />
* securing Sendmail<br />
* chroot environments <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/postfix/<br />
* TLS <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.3 Apache/HTTP/HTTPS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of Apache web services. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Apache v1 and v2 security centric configuration <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* SSL<br />
* .htaccess<br />
* Basic Authentication<br />
* htpasswd<br />
* AllowOverride <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.4 FTP</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of Pure-FTPd and vsftpd FTP services.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Pure-FTPd configuration and important command line options<br />
* vsftpd configuration<br />
* chroot environments <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* SSL/TLS<br />
* vsftp.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.5 OpenSSH</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of OpenSSH SSH services. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* OpenSSH configuration and command line tools<br />
* OpenSSH key management and access control<br />
* Awareness of SSH protocol v1 and v2 security issues <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/ssh/<br />
* ~/.ssh/<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-vulnkey <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.6 NFSv4</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of NFSv4 NFS services. Earlier versions of NFS are not required knowledge.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* NFSv4 security improvements, issues and use<br />
* NFSv4 pseudo file system<br />
* NFSv4 security mechanisms (LIPKEY, SPKM, Kerberos) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* NFSv4 ACLs<br />
* nfs4acl<br />
* RPCSEC_GSS<br />
* /etc/exports <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">322.7 Syslog</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have experience and knowledge of security issues in use and configuration of syslog services. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* syslog security issues<br />
* chroot environments <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* remote syslog servers <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 323: Operations Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">323.1 Host Configuration Management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the use of RCS and Puppet for host configuration management. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* RCS<br />
* Puppet <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* RCS<br />
* ci/co<br />
* rcsdiff<br />
* puppet<br />
* puppetd<br />
* puppetmasterd<br />
* /etc/puppet/ <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 324: Network Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">324.1 Intrusion Detection</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the use and configuration of intrusion detection software. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Snort configuration, rules and use<br />
* Tripwire configuration, policies and use <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* snort<br />
* snort-stat<br />
* /etc/snort/<br />
* tripwire<br />
* twadmin<br />
* /etc/tripwire/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">324.2 Network Security Scanning</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the use and configuration of network security scanning tools. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Nessus configuration, NASL and use<br />
* Wireshark filters and use <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* nmap<br />
* wireshark<br />
* tshark<br />
* tcpdump<br />
* nessus<br />
* nessus-adduser/nessus-rmuser<br />
* nessusd<br />
* nessus-mkcert<br />
* /etc/nessus <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">324.3 Network Monitoring</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the use and configuration of network monitoring tools. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Nagios configuration and use<br />
* ntop <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ntop<br />
* nagios<br />
* nagiostats<br />
* nagios.cfg and other configuration files <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">324.4 netfilter/iptables</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the use and configuration of iptables. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Iptables packet filtering and network address translation <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* iptables<br />
* iptables-save/iptables-restore <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">324.5 OpenVPN</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the use of OpenVPN.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* OpenVPN configuration and use <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/openvpn/<br />
* openvpn server and client</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-302_Objectives_V1&diff=40LPIC-302 Objectives V12009-12-04T00:37:08Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
TODO: Need a description for the exam here<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 1.0.0.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 310: Concepts, Architecture and Design''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">310.1 Concepts</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the fundamental concepts surrounding SMB/CIFS, file sharing and print services in a mixed environment<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand SMB/CIFS concepts<br />
* Understand file sharing concepts<br />
* Understand print services concepts <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* SMB<br />
* CIFS<br />
* smb.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">310.2 Samba Roles</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of Samba's security modes, and the keys roles of the Samba daemons <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand Samba security modes<br />
* Identify roles of core Samba daemons<br />
* Manage Samba daemons <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* User Level Security<br />
* Share Level Security<br />
* Domain Security Mode<br />
* ADS Security Mode<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* smbd<br />
* nmbd<br />
* winbindd<br />
* smbcontrol <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">310.3 Trivial Database Files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should understand the structure of trivial database files and know how troubleshoot problems <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Backup TDB files<br />
* Restore TDB files<br />
* Identify TDB file corruption<br />
* Edit / list TDB file content <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* pdbedit<br />
* secrets.tdb<br />
* tdbbackup<br />
* tdbdump<br />
* tdbtool<br />
* smbpasswd <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 311: Compile and Install Samba''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">311.1 Configure and Build From Source</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to compile Samba from source and resolve dependencies <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Identify key Samba packages and content<br />
* Indentify and resolve dependencies<br />
* Describe Samba software structure<br />
* Knowledge of common Samba compilation options <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* gzip<br />
* gpg<br />
* make <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">311.2 Install and Upgrade Samba</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and upgrade Samba from source and from packages <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install Samba from packages<br />
* Install Samba from source<br />
* Upgrade Samba <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* gpg<br />
* dpkg<br />
* rpm <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 312: Samba Configuration and Usage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">312.1 Configure Samba</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 6<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the Samba daemons for a wide variety of purposes <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge of Samba server configuration file structure<br />
* Knowledge of Samba variables and configuration parameters<br />
* Identify key TCP/UDP ports used with SMB/CIFS<br />
* Configure Samba logging<br />
* Troubleshoot and debug problems with Samba <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf parameters<br />
* smb.conf variables<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* /var/log/samba/*<br />
* log level<br />
* debuglevel<br />
* testparm<br />
* smbtar<br />
* strace <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">312.2 File Services</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and configure file shares in a mixed environment <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create and configure file sharing<br />
* Plan file service migration<br />
* Hide IPC$<br />
* Create scripts for user and group handling of file shares<br />
* smbcquotas<br />
* smbsh <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* [homes]<br />
* browseable, writeable, valid users<br />
* IPC$<br />
* mount, smbmount <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">312.3 Print Services</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and manage print shares in a mixed environment <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create and configure printer sharing<br />
* Configure integration between Samba and CUPS<br />
* Manage Windows print drivers and configure downloading of print drivers<br />
* Configure [print$]<br />
* Understand security concerns with printer sharing<br />
* Setup and manage print accounting <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* [print$]<br />
* CUPS<br />
* cupsd.conf<br />
* /var/spool/samba<br />
* print accounting<br />
* smbprngenpdf<br />
* smbspool <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">312.4 Domain Control</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to setup and maintain primary and backup domain controllers, and manage Windows/Linux clients' access to the domain<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand domain membership<br />
* Create and maintain a primary domain controller<br />
* Create and maintain a backup domain controller<br />
* Add computers to an existing domain<br />
* Configure logon scripts<br />
* Configure roaming profiles<br />
* Configure system policies <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* primary domain controller<br />
* backup domain controller<br />
* domain membership<br />
* roaming profiles<br />
* system policies<br />
* logon scripts<br />
* Active Directory<br />
* LDAP<br />
* trust relationships <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">312.5 SWAT Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure the Samba web administration tool, and be comfortable with configuring changes to Samba within it<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge of SWAT features<br />
* Install and configure SWAT<br />
* Configure the Samba server via the SWAT interface <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* /usr/sbin/swat<br />
* internationalization<br />
* SSL<br />
* SWAT wizard <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">312.6 Internationalization</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to work with internationalization character codes and code pages <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand internationalization character codes and code pages<br />
* Patch and build appropriate code conversion libraries<br />
* Understand the difference in the name space between Windows and Linux/Unix with respect to user and group naming in a non-English environment<br />
* Understand the difference in the name space between Windows and Linux/Unix with respect to computer naming in a non-English environment <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* internationalization<br />
* character codes<br />
* code pages<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* code conversion libraries <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 313: User and Group Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">313.1 Managing User Accounts and Groups</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage user and group accounts in a mixed environment <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manager user and group accounts<br />
* Understand user and group mapping<br />
* Knowledge of user account management tools<br />
* Use of the smbpasswd program<br />
* Force ownership of file and directory objects <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* /usr/bin/smbpasswd<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* force user, force group<br />
* idmap <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">313.2 Authentication and Authorization</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 8<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should understand the various authentication mechanisms and configure access control <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Setup a local password database<br />
* Knowledge of the smbpasswd file format<br />
* Perform password synchronization<br />
* Knowledge of alternative backend storage for passwords<br />
* Integrate Samba with LDAP<br />
* Understand access control lists <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* smbpasswd<br />
* passdb backend<br />
* security mask<br />
* PAM<br />
* NSS<br />
* password synchronization<br />
* LDAP <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">313.3 Winbind</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure the Winbind service <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install Winbind<br />
* Configure Winbind <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* winbindd<br />
* PAM<br />
* NSCD<br />
* SID<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* foreign SID <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 314: Working with CIFS, NetBIOS, and Active Directory''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">314.1 CIFS Integration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be confortable working with CIFS in a mixed environment <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand SMB/CIFS concepts<br />
* Mount remote CIFS shares from a Linux client<br />
* Understand features and benefits of CIFS <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* SMB<br />
* CIFS<br />
* mount, smbmount<br />
* smbclient<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* /etc/fstab <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">314.2 NetBIOS and WINS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 7<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with NetBIOS/WINS concepts and understand network browsing<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand WINS concepts<br />
* Understand NetBIOS concepts<br />
* Understand the role of a local master browser<br />
* Understand the role of a domain master browser<br />
* Understand the role of Samba as a WINS server<br />
* Understand name resolution<br />
* Configure Samba as a WINS server<br />
* Configure WINS replication<br />
* Understand NetBIOS browsing, service announcements and elections <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* NetBIOS<br />
* WINS<br />
* local master browser<br />
* domain master browser<br />
* service announcements<br />
* elections<br />
* node types<br />
* smbclient<br />
* findsmb<br />
* name resolve order<br />
* lmhosts<br />
* smbtree <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">314.3 Integrating with Active Directory</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to integrate Linux servers into an environment where Active Directory is present <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* List remove Active Directory / LDAP users<br />
* Configure Samba in ADS security mode<br />
* Knowledge of the DNS requirements for Active Directory <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Active Directory<br />
* ADS Security Mode<br />
* DNS<br />
* LDAP<br />
* Windows' net command<br />
* Kerberos<br />
* domain<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* smbcalcs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">314.4 Working with Windows Clients</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Clients should be able to interact with remote Windows clients, and configure Windows workstations to access file and print services from Linux servers<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge of Windows clients<br />
* Explore browse lists and SMB clients from Windows<br />
* Share file / print resources from Windows<br />
* Use of the smbclient program<br />
* Use of the Windows net utility <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Windows' net command<br />
* smbclient<br />
* mount, smbmount<br />
* control panel<br />
* rdesktop<br />
* workgroup<br />
* smbget <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 315: Security and Performance''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">315.1 Linux File System and Share/Service Permissions</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should understand file permissions on a Linux file system in a mixed environment <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge of file / directory permission control<br />
* Understand how Samba interacts with Linux file system permissions <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* chmod<br />
* chown<br />
* mount, smbmount<br />
* create mask<br />
* directory mask <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">315.2 Samba Security</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to secure Samba at both the firewall level, and the Samba daemons themselves <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configure access to and from a Samba server at the firewall level<br />
* Configure security relate parameters in the smb.conf file <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* iptables<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* security modes <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">315.3 Performance Tuning</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to cluster services for load balancing and high availability purposes, and tune Samba settings for better server and network performance<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Measure Samba performance<br />
* Optimize Samba memory usage<br />
* Improve file transfer speed in a SMB/CIFS environment <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* 'max *' parameters<br />
* netstat<br />
* smbstatus<br />
* socket options</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives_V3&diff=39LPIC-2 Objectives V32009-12-04T00:19:49Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
This is a required exam for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 3.0.3.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Addenda==<br />
===''Addendum (Oct 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* drop routed from 212.1<br />
===''Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add uuidgen, tune2fs (-U) to 301.1 partial file list<br />
* add TSIG to 207.3 partial file list<br />
* drop cloneconfig and prepare-all from 201.2 partial file list<br />
* add xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair to 203.2 partial file list<br />
* expanded details on HFS/ISO9660/UDF file systems and extensions in 203.3 key knowledge areas<br />
* add awareness of sdparm to 204.2 partial file list<br />
* add iwlist to 205.1 partial file list<br />
* changed terminology from "make options" to "make targets" in 201.2<br />
===''Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add vol_id, blkid and /dev/disk/* to 203.1 partial file list<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel Components</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, identifying stable and development kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
* zImage<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a kernel</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
* GRUB configuration files<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x make targets <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
* make<br />
* make targets (config, xconfig, menuconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Patching a kernel</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly patch a kernel to add support for new hardware. This objective also includes being able to properly remove kernel patches from already patched kernels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* patch<br />
* gzip<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.4 Customise, build and install a custom kernel and kernel modules</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customise, build and install a 2.6 kernel for specific system requirements, by patching, compiling and editing configuration files as required. This objective includes being able to assess requirements for a kernel compile as well as build and configure kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* patch<br />
* make<br />
* module tools<br />
* /usr/src/linux/*<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
* /boot/*<br />
* make targets: all, config, menuconfig, xconfig, gconfig oldconfig, modules, install, modules_install, depmod, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.5 Manage/Query kernel and kernel modules at runtime</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x kernel and its loadable modules. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
* depmod<br />
* insmod<br />
* lsmod<br />
* rmmod<br />
* modinfo<br />
* modprobe<br />
* uname <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising system startup and boot processes</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
* chkconfig<br />
* update-rc.d <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* inittab<br />
* GRUB<br />
* grub shell <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* init<br />
* mount<br />
* fsck<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
* Use of UUIDs <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
* mount and umount<br />
* sync<br />
* swapon<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2 and ext3<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate reiserfs V3<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
* badblocks<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* debugfs, debugreiserfs<br />
* tune2fs, reiserfstune<br />
* mkswap<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
* mkisofs<br />
* dd<br />
* mke2fs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.4 udev Device Management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* udev rules<br />
* Kernel interface <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Software raid configuration files and utilities <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
* mdadm<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
* fdisk <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* hdparm<br />
* sdparm<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* sysctl<br />
* /dev/hd* & /dev/sd* <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
* mount<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Configuring wireless networks <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
* /sbin/iwlist <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration and Troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device, configuring a VPN client and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
* openvpn<br />
* nmap<br />
* wireshark <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
* /etc/network || /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow & /etc/hosts.deny<br />
* /etc/hostname | /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
* /usr/bin/dig<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
* /usr/bin/host <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.4 Notify users on system-related issues</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
* wall<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 206:System Maintenance''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
* gunzip<br />
* gzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* tar<br />
* configure<br />
* make<br />
* uname<br />
* install <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* tar<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
* mt<br />
* rsync <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to convert older BIND configuration files to newer format, managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
* kill <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone or root level server. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
* resource record formats<br />
* dig<br />
* nslookup<br />
* host <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
===''Topic 208 Web Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Implementing a web server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
* .htaccess<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
* mod_auth<br />
* htpasswd<br />
* htgroup<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
* httpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Maintaining a web server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* SSL certificate handling<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
* /etc/ssl/*<br />
* openssl <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing a proxy server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Squid 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* squid.conf<br />
* acl<br />
* http_access <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 SAMBA Server Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Samba 3 documentation<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
* smbclient<br />
* net<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* NFS configuration files<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
* tcpwrappers <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
* exportfs<br />
* showmount<br />
* nfsstat<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
* mountd<br />
* portmapper <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 210 Network Client Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
* arp<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
* pam.conf<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
* ldapadd<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol, sendmail, and exim <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
* Basic configuration of sendmail<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
* /etc/mail/*<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* /var/spool/mail<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ~/.procmail<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
* procmail<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Securing FTP servers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
* Usage of XWindow and other application protocols through SSH tunnels<br />
* Configuration of ssh-agent<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* sshd<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 TCP Wrapper</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure TCP Wrapper to allow connections to specified servers only from certain hosts or subnets.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* TCP Wrapper configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* inetd configuration files, tools and utilities <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny<br />
* libwrap<br />
* tcpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 Security tasks</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* telnet<br />
* nmap<br />
* snort<br />
* fail2ban<br />
* nc<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 213: Troubleshooting''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.1 Identifying boot stages and troubleshooting bootloaders</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB and LILO are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
* kernel loading<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
* Know the different bootloader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
* Overwriting standard bootloader options and using bootloader shells <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
* GRUB<br />
* grub-install<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
* Master boot record<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* lilo<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.2 General troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
* Various system and daemon log files<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
* Screen output during bootup<br />
* Kernel syslog entries in system logs (if entry is able to be gained)<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the used hardware<br />
* Tools and utilities to trace software and their system and library calls <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dmesg<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
* strace<br />
* strings<br />
* ltrace<br />
* lsof<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.3 Troubleshooting system resources</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify, diagnose and repair local system issues when using software from the command line. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Core system variables<br />
* The contents of:<br />
** /etc/profile && /etc/profile.d/<br />
** /etc/init.d/<br />
** /etc/rc.*<br />
** /etc/sysctl.conf<br />
** /etc/bashrc<br />
** /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
** or other appropriate global shell configuration files <br />
* Any standard editor<br />
* Standard tools, utilites and commands to manipulate the above files and variables<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/ln<br />
* /bin/rm<br />
* /sbin/ldconfig<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.4 Troubleshooting environment configurations</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify common local system and user environment configuration issues and common repair techniques.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Core system variables<br />
* init configuration files<br />
* init start process<br />
* cron configuration files<br />
* Login process<br />
* User-password storage files<br />
* Determine user group associations<br />
* SHELL configuration files of bash<br />
* Analysing which processes or daemons are running <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/rc.local<br />
* /etc/rc.boot<br />
* /var/spool/cron/crontabs/<br />
* The default shell configuration file(s) in /etc/<br />
* /etc/login.defs<br />
* /etc/syslog.conf<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /sbin/init<br />
* /usr/sbin/cron<br />
* /usr/bin/crontab</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-301_Objectives_V1&diff=38LPIC-301 Objectives V12009-12-04T00:13:23Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
Capacity planning is the art and science of not running out of resources in the foreseeable future. It's often done informally, by measuring the resources that a program needs, commonly after having just run out of something.<br />
<br />
If you make a table of how much CPU, memory and I/O bandwidth a program needs do do some unit of work, you can estimate how much it will need at some higher load in the future. Alternatively, you can use the measurements for sizing a new machine for the program, or for estimating how big a machine will be needed to consolidate your and other programs.<br />
<br />
Informal spreadsheet estimates are often sufficient for simple sizing and future planning, but they do not have any correctness guarantees and they don't tell you:<br />
<br />
* at what load the program will be overloaded, nor<br />
* how much the response time of the program will balloon under load. <br />
<br />
For that, you use one of the programs which solve the problem using queuing theory. There are commercial products which will do so on Linux, but at least one free queuing network solver exists, Perl::PDQ by Neil Gunther. These generate proper mathematical models, so you can predict the performance of the program under load, and calculate the drop-off in performance as the program becomes overloaded.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 1.0.0.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 301: Concepts, Architecture and Design''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">301.1 LDAP Concepts and Architecture</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with LDAP and X.500 concepts <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* LDAP and X.500 technical specification<br />
* Attribute definitions<br />
* Directory namespaces<br />
* Distinguished names<br />
* LDAP Data Interchange Format<br />
* Meta-directories<br />
* Changetype operations <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* LDIF<br />
* Meta-directory<br />
* changetype<br />
* X.500<br />
* /var/lib/ldap/* <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">301.2 Directory Design</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to design an implement an LDAP directory, while planning an appropriate Directory Information Tree to avoid redundancy. Candidates should have an understanding of the types of data which are appropriate for storage in an LDAP directory<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Define LDAP directory content<br />
* Organize directory<br />
* Planning appropriate Directory Information Trees <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Class of Service<br />
* Directory Information Tree<br />
* Distinguished name<br />
* Container <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">301.3 Schemas</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with schema concepts, and the base schema files included with an OpenLDAP installation <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* LDAP schema concepts<br />
* Create and modify schemas<br />
* Attribute and object class syntax <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Distributes schema<br />
* Extended schema<br />
* Object Identifiers<br />
* /etc/ldap/schema/*<br />
* Object class<br />
* Attribute<br />
* include directive <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 302: Installation and Development''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">302.1 Compiling and Installing OpenLDAP</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to compile and install OpenLDAP from source and from packages <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Compile and configure OpenLDAP from source<br />
* Knowledge of OpenLDAP backend databases<br />
* Manage OpenLDAP daemons<br />
* Troubleshoot errors during installation <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* make<br />
* gpg<br />
* rpm<br />
* dpkg<br />
* bdb<br />
* slapd<br />
* slurpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">302.2 Developing for LDAP with Perl/C++</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to write basic Perl scripts to interact with an LDAP directory <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Syntax of Perl's Net::LDAP module<br />
* Write Perl scripts to bind, search, and modify directories <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Net::LDAP<br />
* Perl<br />
* C++ <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 303: Configuration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">303.1 placeholder</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 0<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | This objective dropped due to JTA results <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* N/A <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* N/A <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">303.2 Access Control Lists in LDAP</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to plan and implement access control lists <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Plan LDAP access control lists<br />
* Grant and revoke LDAP access permissions<br />
* Access control syntax <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ACL<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
* anonymous<br />
* users<br />
* self<br />
* none<br />
* auth<br />
* compare<br />
* search<br />
* read<br />
* write <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">303.3 LDAP Replication</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the various replication strategies available with OpenLDAP<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Replication concepts<br />
* Configure OpenLDAP replication<br />
* Execute and manage slurpd<br />
* Analyze replication log files<br />
* Understand replica hubs<br />
* LDAP referrals<br />
* LDAP sync replication <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* slurpd<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
* master / slave server<br />
* consumer<br />
* replica hub<br />
* one-shot mode<br />
* referral<br />
* syncrepl<br />
* pull-based / push-based synchronization<br />
* refreshOnly and refreshAndPersist<br />
* replog <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">303.4 Securing the Directory</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure encrypted access to the LDAP directory, and restrict access at the firewall level <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Securing the directory with SSL and TLS<br />
* Firewall considerations<br />
* Unauthenticated access methods<br />
* User / password authentication methods<br />
* Maintanence of SASL user DB<br />
* Client / server certificates <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* SSL / TLS<br />
* Security Strength Factors (SSF)<br />
* SASL<br />
* proxy authorization<br />
* StartTLS<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">303.5 LDAP Server Performance Tuning</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be capable of measuring the performance of an LDAP server, and tuning configuration directives <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Measure LDAP performance<br />
* Tune software configuration to increase performance<br />
* Understand indexes <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* index<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
* DB_CONFIG <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">303.6 OpenLDAP Daemon Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should have knowledge of the common slapd.conf configuration directives, and be familiar with the basic slapd command line options<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* slapd.conf configuration directives<br />
* slapd.conf database definitions<br />
* slapd and its command line options<br />
* Analyze slapd log files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
* slapd<br />
* /var/lib/ldap/*<br />
* loglevel <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 304: Usage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">304.1 Searching the Directory</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use advanced options for search the LDAP directory <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use OpenLDAP search tools with basic options<br />
* Use OpenLDAP search tools with advanced options<br />
* Optimize LDAP search queries<br />
* Knowledge of search filters and their syntax <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
* index<br />
* search filter syntax<br />
* slapd.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">304.2 LDAP Command Line Tools</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be familiar with the OpenLDAP command line tools <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use the ldap* tools to access and modify the directory<br />
* Use the slap* tools to access and modify the directory <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldap.conf<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
* ldapadd<br />
* ldapmodify<br />
* ldapdelete<br />
* ldapmodrdn<br />
* slapindex<br />
* slapadd<br />
* slapcat <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">304.3 Whitepages</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and maintain a whitepages service <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Plan whitepages services<br />
* Configure whitepages services<br />
* Configure clients to retrieve data from whitepages services <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* whitepages<br />
* Outlook <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 305: Integration and Migration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">305.1 LDAP Integration with PAM and NSS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to confiure PAM and NSS to retrieve information from an LDAP directory <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configure PAM to use LDAP for authentication<br />
* Configure NSS to retrieve information from LDAP<br />
* Configure PAM modules in various Unix environments <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* PAM<br />
* NSS<br />
* /etc/pam.d/*<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">305.2 NIS to LDAP Migration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to plan and implement a NIS migration strategy, including a NIS to LDAP gateway <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Analyze NIS structure prior to migration to LDAP<br />
* Analyze NIS structure prior to integration with LDAP<br />
* Automate NIS to LDAP migration<br />
* Create a NIS to LDAP gateway <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* NIS<br />
* NIS to LDAP gateway<br />
* slapd.conf<br />
* /etc/yp/* <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">305.3 Integrating LDAP with Unix Services</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to integrate LDAP authentication with a number of common Unix services <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Integrate SSH with LDAP<br />
* Integrate FTP with LDAP<br />
* Integrate HTTP with LDAP<br />
* Inegrate FreeRADIUS with LDAP<br />
* Integrate print services with LDAP <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* sshd.conf<br />
* ftp<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
* radiusd.conf<br />
* cupsd.conf<br />
* ldap.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">305.4 Integrating LDAP with Samba</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to integrate LDAP with Samba services <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Migrate from smbpasswd to LDAP<br />
* Understand OpenLDAP Samba schema<br />
* Understand LDAP as a Samba password backend <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smb.conf<br />
* smbpasswd<br />
* samba3.schema<br />
* slapd.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">305.5 Integrating LDAP with Active Directory</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to integrate LDAP with Active Directory Services <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kerberos integration with LDAP<br />
* Cross platform authentication<br />
* Single sign-on concepts<br />
* Integration and compatibility limitations between OpenLDAP and Active Directory <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Kerberos<br />
* Active Directory<br />
* single sign-on<br />
* DNS <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">305.6 Integrating LDAP with Email Services</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to integrate LDAP with email services <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Plan LDAP schema structure for email services<br />
* Create email attributes in LDAP<br />
* Integrate Postfix with LDAP<br />
* Integrate Sendmail with LDAP <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Postfix<br />
* Sendmail<br />
* schema<br />
* SASL<br />
* POP<br />
* IMAP <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 306: Capacity Planning''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">306.1 Measure Resource Usage</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to measure hardware resource and network bandwidth usage <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Measure CPU usage<br />
* Measure memory usage<br />
* Measure disk I/O<br />
* Measure network I/O<br />
* Measure firewalling and routing throughput<br />
* Map client bandwidth usage <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* iostat<br />
* vmstat<br />
* pstree<br />
* w<br />
* lsof<br />
* top<br />
* uptime<br />
* sar <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">306.2 Troubleshoot Resource Problems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and troubleshoot resource problems <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Match / correlate system symptoms with likely problems<br />
* Identify bottlenecks in a system <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* swap<br />
* processes blocked on I/O<br />
* blocks in<br />
* blocks out <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">306.3 Analyze Demand</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to analyze capacity demands <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Identify capacity demands<br />
* Detail capacity needs of programs<br />
* Determine CPU / memory needs of programs<br />
* Assemble program needs into a complete analysis <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* PDQ<br />
* CPU usage<br />
* memory usage<br />
* appropriate measurement time<br />
* trend<br />
* model<br />
* what-if<br />
* validate<br />
* performance equation <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">306.4 Predict Future Resource Needs</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to monitor resource usage to predict future resource needs <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Predict capacity break point of a configuration<br />
* Observe growth rate of capacity usage<br />
* Graph the trend of capacity usage <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* diagnose<br />
* predict growth<br />
* average<br />
* resource exhaustion</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives_V3&diff=37LPIC-2 Objectives V32009-12-03T23:44:27Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
This is a required exam for LPI certification Level 2. It covers advanced skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 3.0.3.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Addenda==<br />
===''Addendum (Oct 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* drop routed from 212.1<br />
===''Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add uuidgen, tune2fs (-U) to 301.1 partial file list<br />
* add TSIG to 207.3 partial file list<br />
* drop cloneconfig and prepare-all from 201.2 partial file list<br />
* add xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair to 203.2 partial file list<br />
* expanded details on HFS/ISO9660/UDF file systems and extensions in 203.3 key knowledge areas<br />
* add awareness of sdparm to 204.2 partial file list<br />
* add iwlist to 205.1 partial file list<br />
* changed terminology from "make options" to "make targets" in 201.2<br />
===''Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009) ''===<br />
* add vol_id, blkid and /dev/disk/* to 203.1 partial file list<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 201==<br />
===''Topic 201: Linux Kernel''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.1 Kernel Components</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to utilise kernel components that are necessary to specific hardware, hardware drivers, system resources and requirements. This objective includes implementing different types of kernel images, identifying stable and development kernels and patches, as well as using kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x documentation<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/src/linux<br />
* /usr/src/linux/Documentation<br />
* zImage<br />
* bzImage <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.2 Compiling a kernel</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure a kernel to include or disable specific features of the Linux kernel as necessary. This objective includes compiling and recompiling the Linux kernel as needed, updating and noting changes in a new kernel, creating an initrd image and installing new kernels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
* GRUB configuration files<br />
* Kernel 2.6.x make targets <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mkinitrd<br />
* mkinitramfs<br />
* make<br />
* make targets (config, xconfig, menuconfig, oldconfig, mrproper, zImage, bzImage, modules, modules_install) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.3 Patching a kernel</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly patch a kernel to add support for new hardware. This objective also includes being able to properly remove kernel patches from already patched kernels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Kernel Makefiles<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* patch<br />
* gzip<br />
* bzip2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.4 Customise, build and install a custom kernel and kernel modules</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customise, build and install a 2.6 kernel for specific system requirements, by patching, compiling and editing configuration files as required. This objective includes being able to assess requirements for a kernel compile as well as build and configure kernel modules.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Customize the current kernel configuration.<br />
* Build a new kernel and appropriate kernel modules.<br />
* Install a new kernel and any modules.<br />
* Ensure that the boot manager can locate the new kernel and associated files.<br />
* /usr/src/linux/<br />
* Module configuration files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* patch<br />
* make<br />
* module tools<br />
* /usr/src/linux/*<br />
* /usr/src/linux/.config<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/*<br />
* /boot/*<br />
* make targets: all, config, menuconfig, xconfig, gconfig oldconfig, modules, install, modules_install, depmod, rpm-pkg, binrpm-pkg, deb-pkg <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">201.5 Manage/Query kernel and kernel modules at runtime</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage and/or query a 2.6.x kernel and its loadable modules. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use command-line utilities to get information about the currently running kernel and kernel modules.<br />
* Manually load and unload kernel modules.<br />
* Determine when modules can be unloaded.<br />
* Determine what parameters a module accepts.<br />
* Configure the system to load modules by names other than their file name. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /lib/modules/kernel-version/modules.dep<br />
* module configuration files in /etc<br />
* /proc/sys/kernel/<br />
* depmod<br />
* insmod<br />
* lsmod<br />
* rmmod<br />
* modinfo<br />
* modprobe<br />
* uname <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 202: System Startup''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.1 Customising system startup and boot processes</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query and modify the behaviour of system services at various run levels. A thorough understanding of the init structure and boot process is required. This objective includes interacting with run levels.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Linux Standard Base Specification (LSB) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/<br />
* /etc/rc.d/<br />
* chkconfig<br />
* update-rc.d <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">202.2 System recovery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly manipulate a Linux system during both the boot process and during recovery mode. This objective includes using both the init utility and init-related kernel options.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* inittab<br />
* GRUB<br />
* grub shell <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* init<br />
* mount<br />
* fsck<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 203: Filesystem and Devices''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.1 Operating the Linux filesystem</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly configure and navigate the standard Linux filesystem. This objective includes configuring and mounting various filesystem types.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* The concept of the fstab configuration<br />
* Tools and utilities for handling SWAP partitions and files<br />
* Use of UUIDs <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /etc/mtab<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
* mount and umount<br />
* sync<br />
* swapon<br />
* swapoff <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.2 Maintaining a Linux filesystem</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain a Linux filesystem using system utilities. This objective includes manipulating standard filesystems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate and ext2 and ext3<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate reiserfs V3<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate xfs <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fsck (fsck.*)<br />
* badblocks<br />
* mkfs (mkfs.*)<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* debugfs, debugreiserfs<br />
* tune2fs, reiserfstune<br />
* mkswap<br />
* xfs_info, xfs_check and xfs_repair <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.3 Creating and configuring filesystem options</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure automount filesystems using AutoFS. This objective includes configuring automount for network and device filesystems. Also included is creating filesystems for devices such as CD-ROMs.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* autofs configuration files<br />
* UDF and ISO9660 tools and utilities<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystems (UDF, ISO9660, HFS)<br />
* awareness of CD-ROM filesystem extensions (Joliet, Rock Ridge, El Torito) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/auto.master<br />
* /etc/auto.[dir]<br />
* mkisofs<br />
* dd<br />
* mke2fs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">203.4 udev Device Management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should understand device detection and management using udev. This objective includes troubleshooting udev rules. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* udev rules<br />
* Kernel interface <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* udevmonitor<br />
* /etc/udev <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 204: Advanced Storage Device Administration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.1 Configuring RAID</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and implement software RAID. This objective includes using and configuring RAID 0, 1 and 5.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Software raid configuration files and utilities <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* mdadm.conf<br />
* mdadm<br />
* /proc/mdstat<br />
* fdisk <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.2 Adjusting Storage Device Access</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure kernel options to support various drives. This objective includes software tools to view & modify hard disk settings.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to configure DMA for IDE devices including ATAPI and SATA<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate or analyse system resources (e.g. interrupts)<br />
* Awareness of sdparm command and its uses <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* hdparm<br />
* sdparm<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* sysctl<br />
* /dev/hd* & /dev/sd* <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">204.3 Logical Volume Manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and remove logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes. This objective includes snapshots and resizing logical volumes.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools in the LVM suite<br />
* Resizing, renaming, creating, and removing logical volumes, volume groups, and physical volumes<br />
* Creating and maintaining snapshots<br />
* Activating volume groups <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/pv*<br />
* /sbin/lv*<br />
* /sbin/vg*<br />
* mount<br />
* /dev/mapper/ <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 205: Networking Configuration''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.1 Basic networking configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to be able to connect to a local, wired or wireless, and a wide-area network. This objective includes being able to communicate between various subnets within a single network.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Configuring wireless networks <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
* /sbin/iwconfig<br />
* /sbin/iwlist <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.2 Advanced Network Configuration and Troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a network device to implement various network authentication schemes. This objective includes configuring a multi-homed network device, configuring a VPN client and resolving communication problems.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Utilities to manipulate routing tables<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Utilities to analyse the status of the network devices<br />
* Utilities to monitor and analyse the TCP/IP traffic<br />
* OpenVPN <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
* /usr/sbin/arp<br />
* /usr/sbin/tcpdump<br />
* /usr/sbin/lsof<br />
* /usr/bin/nc<br />
* /sbin/ip<br />
* /etc/openvpn/*<br />
* openvpn<br />
* nmap<br />
* wireshark <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.3 Troubleshooting network issues</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common network setup issues, to include knowledge of locations for basic configuration files and commands.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Location and content of access restriction files<br />
* Utilities to configure and manipulate ethernet network interfaces<br />
* Utilities to manage routing tables<br />
* Utilities to list network states.<br />
* Utilities to gain information about the network configuration<br />
* Methods of information about the recognised and used hardware devices<br />
* System initialisation files and their contents (SysV init process) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sbin/ifconfig<br />
* /sbin/route<br />
* /bin/netstat<br />
* /etc/network || /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/<br />
* System log files such as /var/log/syslog & /var/log/messages<br />
* /bin/ping<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow & /etc/hosts.deny<br />
* /etc/hostname | /etc/HOSTNAME<br />
* /bin/hostname<br />
* /usr/sbin/traceroute<br />
* /usr/bin/dig<br />
* /bin/dmesg<br />
* /usr/bin/host <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">205.4 Notify users on system-related issues</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to notify the users about current issues related to the system. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Automate communication with users through logon messages.<br />
* Inform active users of system maintenance <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/issue<br />
* /etc/issue.net<br />
* /etc/motd<br />
* wall<br />
* /sbin/shutdown <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 206:System Maintenance''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.1 Make and install programs from source</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to build and install an executable program from source. This objective includes being able to unpack a file of sources.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Unpack source code using common compression and archive utilities.<br />
* Understand basics of invoking make to compile programs.<br />
* Apply parameters to a configure script.<br />
* Know where sources are stored by default. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/src/<br />
* gunzip<br />
* gzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* tar<br />
* configure<br />
* make<br />
* uname<br />
* install <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">206.2 Backup operations</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use system tools to back up important system data. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge about directories that have to be include in backups<br />
* Awareness of network backup solutions such as Amanda, Bacula and BackupPC<br />
* Knowledge of the benefits and drawbacks of tapes, CDR, disk or other backup media<br />
* Perform partial and manual backups.<br />
* Verify the integrity of backup files.<br />
* Partially or fully restore backups. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/sh<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* tar<br />
* /dev/st* and /dev/nst*<br />
* mt<br />
* rsync <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 207: Domain Name Server''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.1 Basic DNS server configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure BIND to function as a caching-only DNS server. This objective includes the ability to convert older BIND configuration files to newer format, managing a running server and configuring logging.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Defining the location of the BIND zone files in BIND configuration files<br />
* Reloading modified configuration and zone files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
* /usr/sbin/rndc<br />
* kill <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.2 Create and maintain DNS zones</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create a zone file for a forward or reverse zone or root level server. This objective includes setting appropriate values for records, adding hosts in zones and adding zones to the DNS. A candidate should also be able to delegate zones to another DNS server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Utilities to request information from the DNS server<br />
* Layout, content and file location of the BIND zone files<br />
* Various methods to add a new host in the zone files, including reverse zones <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /var/named/*<br />
* zone file syntax<br />
* resource record formats<br />
* dig<br />
* nslookup<br />
* host <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">207.3 Securing a DNS server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DNS server to run as a non-root user and run in a chroot jail. This objective includes secure exchange of data between DNS servers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* BIND 9 configuration files<br />
* Configuring BIND to run in a chroot jail<br />
* Split configuration of BIND using the forwarders statement <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/named.conf<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* DNSSEC<br />
* dnssec-keygen <br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 202==<br />
===''Topic 208 Web Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.1 Implementing a web server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a web server. This objective includes monitoring the server's load and performance, restricting client user access, configuring support for scripting languages as modules and setting up client user authentication. Also included is configuring server options to restrict usage of resources.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Apache 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Apache log files configuration and content<br />
* Access restriction methods and files<br />
* mod_perl and PHP configuration<br />
* Client user authentication files and utilities<br />
* Configuration of maximum requests, minimum and maximum servers and clients <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* access logs and error logs<br />
* .htaccess<br />
* httpd.conf<br />
* mod_auth<br />
* htpasswd<br />
* htgroup<br />
* apache2ctl<br />
* httpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.2 Maintaining a web server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a web server to use virtual hosts, Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and customise file access. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* SSL configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* SSL certificate handling<br />
* Apache 2.x virtual host implementation (with and without dedicated IP addresses)<br />
* Using redirect statements in Apache's configuration files to customise file access <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Apache2 configuration files<br />
* /etc/ssl/*<br />
* openssl <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">208.3 Implementing a proxy server</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure a proxy server, including access policies, authentication and resource usage.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Squid 2.x configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Access restriction methods<br />
* Client user authentication methods<br />
* Layout and content of ACL in the Squid configuration files <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* squid.conf<br />
* acl<br />
* http_access <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 209: File Sharing''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.1 SAMBA Server Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to set up a SAMBA server for various clients. This objective includes setting up Samba for login clients and setting up the workgroup in which a server participates and defining shared directories and printers. Also covered is a configuring a Linux client to use a Samba server. Troubleshooting installations is also tested. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Samba 3 documentation<br />
* Samba configuration files<br />
* Samba tools and utilities<br />
* Mounting Samba shares on Linux<br />
* Samba daemons<br />
* Mapping Windows user names to Linux user names<br />
* User-Level and Share-Level security <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* smbd, nmbd<br />
* smbstatus, testparm, smbpasswd, nmblookup<br />
* smbclient<br />
* net<br />
* /etc/smb/*<br />
* /var/log/samba/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">209.2 NFS Server Configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to export filesystems using NFS. This objective includes access restrictions, mounting an NFS filesystem on a client and securing NFS.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* NFS configuration files<br />
* NFS tools and utilities<br />
* Access restrictions to certain hosts and/or subnets<br />
* Mount options on server and client<br />
* tcpwrappers <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/exports<br />
* exportfs<br />
* showmount<br />
* nfsstat<br />
* /proc/mounts<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* rpcinfo<br />
* mountd<br />
* portmapper <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 210 Network Client Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.1 DHCP configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a DHCP server. This objective includes setting default and per client options, adding static hosts and BOOTP hosts. Also included is configuring a DHCP relay agent and maintaining the DHCP server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* DHCP configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* Subnet and dynamically-allocated range setup <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dhcpd.conf<br />
* dhcpd.leases<br />
* /var/log/daemon.log and /var/log/messages<br />
* arp<br />
* dhcpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.2 PAM authentication</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to configure PAM to support authentication using various available methods. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* PAM configuration files, terms and utilities<br />
* passwd and shadow passwords <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/pam.d<br />
* pam.conf<br />
* nsswitch.conf<br />
* pam_unix, pam_cracklib, pam_limits, pam_listfile <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">210.3 LDAP client usage</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform queries and updates to an LDAP server. Also included is importing and adding items, as well as adding and managing users.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* LDAP utilities for data management and queries<br />
* Change user passwords<br />
* Querying the LDAP directory <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldapsearch<br />
* ldappasswd<br />
* ldapadd<br />
* ldapdelete <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 211: E-Mail Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.1 Using e-mail servers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage an e-mail server, including the configuration of e-mail aliases, e-mail quotas and virtual e-mail domains. This objective includes configuring internal e-mail relays and monitoring e-mail servers.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configuration files for postfix<br />
* Basic knowledge of the SMTP protocol, sendmail, and exim <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Configuration files and commands for postfix<br />
* Basic configuration of sendmail<br />
* /etc/aliases<br />
* /etc/mail/*<br />
* /etc/postfix/*<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* /var/spool/mail<br />
* mail-related logs in /var/log/ <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.2 Managing Local E-Mail Delivery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to implement client e-mail management software to filter, sort and monitor incoming user e-mail. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* procmail configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Usage of procmail on both server and client side <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ~/.procmail<br />
* /etc/procmailrc<br />
* procmail<br />
* mbox and Maildir formats <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">211.3 Managing Remote E-Mail Delivery</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure POP and IMAP daemons. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Courier IMAP and Courier POP configuration<br />
* Dovecot configuration <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/courier/*<br />
* dovecot.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 212: System Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.1 Configuring a router</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure a system to perform network address translation (NAT, IP masquerading) and state its significance in protecting a network. This objective includes configuring port redirection, managing filter rules and averting attacks.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* iptables configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Tools, commands and utilities to manage routing tables.<br />
* Private address ranges<br />
* Port redirection and IP forwarding<br />
* List and write filtering and rules that accept or block datagrams based on source or destination protocol, port and address<br />
* Save and reload filtering configurations <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /proc/sys/net/ipv4<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.2 Securing FTP servers</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure an FTP server for anonymous downloads and uploads. This objective includes precautions to be taken if anonymous uploads are permitted and configuring user access.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Configuration files, tools and utilities for Pure-FTPd and vsftpd<br />
* Awareness of ProFTPd<br />
* Understanding of passive vs. active FTP connections <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* vsftpd.conf<br />
* important Pure-FTPd command line options <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.3 Secure shell (SSH)</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure and secure an SSH daemon. This objective includes managing keys and configuring SSH for users. Candidates should also be able to forward an application protocol over SSH and manage the SSH login.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* OpenSSH configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* Login restrictions for the superuser and the normal users<br />
* Managing and using server and client keys to login with and without password<br />
* Usage of XWindow and other application protocols through SSH tunnels<br />
* Configuration of ssh-agent<br />
* Usage of multiple connections from multiple hosts to guard against loss of connection to remote host following configuration changes <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* sshd<br />
* /etc/ssh/sshd_config<br />
* Private and public key files<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* PermitRootLogin, PubKeyAuthentication, AllowUsers, PasswordAuthentication, Protocol <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.4 TCP Wrapper</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure TCP Wrapper to allow connections to specified servers only from certain hosts or subnets.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* TCP Wrapper configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* inetd configuration files, tools and utilities <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny<br />
* libwrap<br />
* tcpd <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">212.5 Security tasks</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to receive security alerts from various sources, install, configure and run intrusion detection systems and apply security patches and bugfixes.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Tools and utilities to scan and test ports on a server<br />
* Locations and organisations that report security alerts as Bugtraq, CERT, CIAC or other sources<br />
* Tools and utilities to implement an intrusion detection system (IDS)<br />
* Awareness of OpenVAS<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* telnet<br />
* nmap<br />
* snort<br />
* fail2ban<br />
* nc<br />
* iptables <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 213: Troubleshooting''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.1 Identifying boot stages and troubleshooting bootloaders</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine the cause of errors in loading and usage of bootloaders. GRUB and LILO are the bootloaders of interest.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* boot loader start and hand off to kernel<br />
* kernel loading<br />
* hardware initialisation and setup<br />
* daemon/service initialisation and setup<br />
* Know the different bootloader install locations on a hard disk or removable device<br />
* Overwriting standard bootloader options and using bootloader shells <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* The contents of /boot/ and /boot/grub/<br />
* GRUB<br />
* grub-install<br />
* initrd, initramfs<br />
* Master boot record<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* lilo<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.2 General troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify and correct common boot and run time issues. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* /proc filesystem<br />
* Various system and daemon log files<br />
* Content of /, /boot , and /lib/modules<br />
* Screen output during bootup<br />
* Kernel syslog entries in system logs (if entry is able to be gained)<br />
* Tools and utilities to analyse information about the used hardware<br />
* Tools and utilities to trace software and their system and library calls <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* dmesg<br />
* /sbin/lspci<br />
* /usr/bin/lsdev<br />
* /sbin/lsmod<br />
* /sbin/modprobe<br />
* /sbin/insmod<br />
* /bin/uname<br />
* strace<br />
* strings<br />
* ltrace<br />
* lsof<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.3 Troubleshooting system resources</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify, diagnose and repair local system issues when using software from the command line. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Core system variables<br />
* The contents of:<br />
** /etc/profile && /etc/profile.d/<br />
** /etc/init.d/<br />
** /etc/rc.*<br />
** /etc/sysctl.conf<br />
** /etc/bashrc<br />
** /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
** or other appropriate global shell configuration files <br />
* Any standard editor<br />
* Standard tools, utilites and commands to manipulate the above files and variables<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /bin/ln<br />
* /bin/rm<br />
* /sbin/ldconfig<br />
* /sbin/sysctl <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">213.4 Troubleshooting environment configurations</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to identify common local system and user environment configuration issues and common repair techniques.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Core system variables<br />
* init configuration files<br />
* init start process<br />
* cron configuration files<br />
* Login process<br />
* User-password storage files<br />
* Determine user group associations<br />
* SHELL configuration files of bash<br />
* Analysing which processes or daemons are running <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/rc.local<br />
* /etc/rc.boot<br />
* /var/spool/cron/crontabs/<br />
* The default shell configuration file(s) in /etc/<br />
* /etc/login.defs<br />
* /etc/syslog.conf<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /sbin/init<br />
* /usr/sbin/cron<br />
* /usr/bin/crontab</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1&diff=36LPIC-12009-12-03T23:19:01Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br />
This page covers the currently released objective for the LPIC-1 certification. <br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 3.0.2.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Addenda==<br />
===''Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level in 106.1 key knowledge area<br />
===''Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list<br />
* add .bash_history to 103.1 to key terms list<br />
<br /><br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
* Catalan<br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 101==<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.)<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var filesystem<br />
* /home filesystem<br />
* swap space<br />
* mount points<br />
* partitions <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst<br />
* grub-install<br />
* MBR<br />
* superblock<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf<br />
* lilo <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default..<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2<br />
** ext3<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ln<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX)<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys<br />
* Mouse Keys<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes<br />
* Screen Reader<br />
* Braille Display<br />
* Screen Magnifier<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm)<br />
* Orca<br />
* GOK<br />
* emacspeak <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG <br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* syslog configuration files<br />
* syslog<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPV6. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH 2 server host keys<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels). <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=35LPIC-3042009-12-03T22:54:44Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
TODO: Need a description for exam here<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 0.1.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 330: Virtualization''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.1 Xen</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Hypervisor<br />
<br /> <br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.2 KVM</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.3 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* OpenVZ<br />
* VirtualBox<br />
* qemu <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 331: Load Balancing and Storage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.1 Load Balancing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* IPVS<br />
* ipvsadm<br />
* syncd<br />
* LVS-NAT/Tun/DR/LocalNode<br />
* connection scheduling algorithms<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.2 DRBD</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Pacemaker<br />
* w/heartbeat<br />
* w/MySQL<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.3 Global File System</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GFS2<br />
* Distributed Lock Manager<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.4 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Coda<br />
* AFS<br />
* OCFS2<br />
* GlusterFS<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 332: Cluster Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.1 Pacemaker</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* crmd<br />
* PEngine<br />
* STONITHd<br />
* CIB ptest<br />
* cibadmin<br />
* crmadmin<br />
* crm_* resource agents (heartbeat v1, LSB, OCF)<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.2 Red Hat Cluster Suite</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Piranha<br />
* lvs<br />
* nanny<br />
* pulse<br />
* /etc/lvs.cf<br />
* w/GFS<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.3 LinuxPMI and openMosix</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.4 Heartbeat ResourceManager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 333: Message Layer''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.1 Heartbeat</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ipfail<br />
* w/ ldirectord<br />
* w/ softdog<br />
* /etc/ha.d/<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.2 keepalived</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.3 OpenAIS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /></div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=34LPIC-3042009-12-03T22:54:15Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
'''TODO: Need a description for exam here'''<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 0.1.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 330: Virtualization''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.1 Xen</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Hypervisor<br />
<br /> <br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.2 KVM</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.3 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* OpenVZ<br />
* VirtualBox<br />
* qemu <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 331: Load Balancing and Storage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.1 Load Balancing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* IPVS<br />
* ipvsadm<br />
* syncd<br />
* LVS-NAT/Tun/DR/LocalNode<br />
* connection scheduling algorithms<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.2 DRBD</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Pacemaker<br />
* w/heartbeat<br />
* w/MySQL<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.3 Global File System</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GFS2<br />
* Distributed Lock Manager<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.4 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Coda<br />
* AFS<br />
* OCFS2<br />
* GlusterFS<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 332: Cluster Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.1 Pacemaker</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* crmd<br />
* PEngine<br />
* STONITHd<br />
* CIB ptest<br />
* cibadmin<br />
* crmadmin<br />
* crm_* resource agents (heartbeat v1, LSB, OCF)<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.2 Red Hat Cluster Suite</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Piranha<br />
* lvs<br />
* nanny<br />
* pulse<br />
* /etc/lvs.cf<br />
* w/GFS<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.3 LinuxPMI and openMosix</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.4 Heartbeat ResourceManager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 333: Message Layer''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.1 Heartbeat</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ipfail<br />
* w/ ldirectord<br />
* w/ softdog<br />
* /etc/ha.d/<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.2 keepalived</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.3 OpenAIS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /></div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1&diff=33LPIC-12009-12-03T03:53:06Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
This is a required exam for LPIC-1 or LPI certification Level 1. It covers basic skills for the Linux professional that are common across all distributions of Linux.<br />
<br />
This page covers the currently released objective for the LPIC-1 certification. <br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 3.0.2.<br />
<br /><br /><br />
==Addenda==<br />
===''Addendum (Apr 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* dropped X Font Server coverage to awareness level in 106.1 key knowledge area<br />
===''Addendum (Jan 1st, 2009)''===<br />
* add TZ env variable to 107.3 partial file list<br />
* add .bash_history to 103.1 to key terms list<br />
<br /><br />
==Translations of Objectives==<br />
The following translations of the objectives are available on this wiki:<br />
* Catalan<br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 101==<br />
===''Topic 101: System Architecture''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.1 Determine and configure hardware settings</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine and configure fundamental system hardware.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Enable and disable integrated peripherals.<br />
* Configure systems with or without external peripherals such as keyboards.<br />
* Differentiate between the various types of mass storage devices.<br />
* Set the correct hardware ID for different devices, especially the boot device.<br />
* Know the differences between coldplug and hotplug devices.<br />
* Determine hardware resources for devices.<br />
* Tools and utilities to list various hardware information (e.g. lsusb, lspci, etc.)<br />
* Tools and utilities to manipulate USB devices<br />
* Conceptual understanding of sysfs, udev, hald, dbus<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /sys<br />
* /proc<br />
* /dev<br />
* modprobe<br />
* lsmod<br />
* lspci<br />
* lsusb <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.2 Boot the system</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to guide the system through the booting process.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Provide common commands to the boot loader and options to the kernel at boot time.<br />
* Demonstrate knowledge of the boot sequence from BIOS to boot completion.<br />
* Check boot events in the log files. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /var/log/messages<br />
* dmesg<br />
* BIOS<br />
* bootloader<br />
* kernel<br />
* init <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">101.3 Change runlevels and shutdown or reboot system </span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage the runlevel of the system. This objective includes changing to single user mode, shutdown or rebooting the system. Candidates should be able to alert users before switching run level and properly terminate processes. This objective also includes setting the default run level.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set the default run level.<br />
* Change between run levels including single user mode.<br />
* Shutdown and reboot from the command line.<br />
* Alert users before switching run levels or other major system event.<br />
* Properly terminate processes. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* shutdown<br />
* init<br />
* /etc/init.d<br />
* telinit <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 102: Linux Installation and Package Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.1 Design hard disk layout</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to design a disk partitioning scheme for a Linux system.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Allocate filesystems and swap space to separate partitions or disks.<br />
* Tailor the design to the intended use of the system.<br />
* Ensure the /boot partition conforms to the hardware architecture requirements for booting. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* / (root) filesystem<br />
* /var filesystem<br />
* /home filesystem<br />
* swap space<br />
* mount points<br />
* partitions <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.2 Install a boot manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to select, install and configure a boot manager.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Providing alternative boot locations and backup boot options.<br />
* Install and configure a boot loader such as GRUB.<br />
* Interact with the boot loader. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /boot/grub/menu.lst<br />
* grub-install<br />
* MBR<br />
* superblock<br />
* /etc/lilo.conf<br />
* lilo <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.3 Manage shared libraries</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to determine the shared libraries that executable programs depend on and install them when necessary.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Identify shared libraries.<br />
* Identify the typical locations of system libraries.<br />
* Load shared libraries. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ldd<br />
* ldconfig<br />
* /etc/ld.so.conf<br />
* LD_LIBRARY_PATH <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.4 Use Debian package management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform package management using the Debian package tools.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install, upgrade and uninstall Debian binary packages.<br />
* Find packages containing specific files or libraries which may or may not be installed.<br />
* Obtain package information like version, content, dependencies, package integrity and installation status (whether or not the package is installed).<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/apt/sources.list<br />
* dpkg<br />
* dpkg-reconfigure<br />
* apt-get<br />
* apt-cache<br />
* aptitude <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">102.5 Use RPM and YUM package management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform package management using RPM and YUM tools.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Install, re-install, upgrade and remove packages using RPM and YUM.<br />
* Obtain information on RPM packages such as version, status, dependencies, integrity and signatures.<br />
* Determine what files a package provides, as well as find which package a specific file comes from. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* rpm<br />
* rpm2cpio<br />
* /etc/yum.conf<br />
* /etc/yum.repos.d/<br />
* yum<br />
* yumdownloader <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 103: GNU and Unix Commands''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.1 Work on the command line</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to interact with shells and commands using the command line. The objective assumes the bash shell.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use single shell commands and one line command sequences to perform basic tasks on the command line.<br />
* Use and modify the shell environment including defining, referencing and exporting environment variables.<br />
* Use and edit command history.<br />
* Invoke commands inside and outside the defined path. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* .<br />
* bash<br />
* echo<br />
* env<br />
* exec<br />
* export<br />
* pwd<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* man<br />
* uname<br />
* history <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.2 Process text streams using filters</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should should be able to apply filters to text streams. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Send text files and output streams through text utility filters to modify the output using standard UNIX commands found in the GNU textutils package. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* cat<br />
* cut<br />
* expand<br />
* fmt<br />
* head<br />
* od<br />
* join<br />
* nl<br />
* paste<br />
* pr<br />
* sed<br />
* sort<br />
* split<br />
* tail<br />
* tr<br />
* unexpand<br />
* uniq<br />
* wc <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.3 Perform basic file management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use the basic Linux commands to manage files and directories.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Copy, move and remove files and directories individually.<br />
* Copy multiple files and directories recursively.<br />
* Remove files and directories recursively.<br />
* Use simple and advanced wildcard specifications in commands.<br />
* Using find to locate and act on files based on type, size, or time.<br />
* Usage of tar, cpio and dd. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* cp<br />
* find<br />
* mkdir<br />
* mv<br />
* ls<br />
* rm<br />
* rmdir<br />
* touch<br />
* tar<br />
* cpio<br />
* dd<br />
* file<br />
* gzip<br />
* gunzip<br />
* bzip2<br />
* file globbing <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.4 Use streams, pipes and redirects</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to redirect streams and connect them in order to efficiently process textual data. Tasks include redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error, piping the output of one command to the input of another command, using the output of one command as arguments to another command and sending output to both stdout and a file.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Redirecting standard input, standard output and standard error.<br />
* Pipe the output of one command to the input of another command.<br />
* Use the output of one command as arguments to another command.<br />
* Send output to both stdout and a file. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* tee<br />
* xargs <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.5 Create, monitor and kill processes</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to perform basic process management. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Run jobs in the foreground and background.<br />
* Signal a program to continue running after logout.<br />
* Monitor active processes.<br />
* Select and sort processes for display.<br />
* Send signals to processes. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* &<br />
* bg<br />
* fg<br />
* jobs<br />
* kill<br />
* nohup<br />
* ps<br />
* top<br />
* free<br />
* uptime<br />
* killall <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.6 Modify process execution priorities</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should should be able to manage process execution priorities. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Know the default priority of a job that is created.<br />
* Run a program with higher or lower priority than the default..<br />
* Change the priority of a running process. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* nice<br />
* ps<br />
* renice<br />
* top <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.7 Search text files using regular expressions</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manipulate files and text data using regular expressions. This objective includes creating simple regular expressions containing several notational elements. It also includes using regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create simple regular expressions containing several notational elements.<br />
* Use regular expression tools to perform searches through a filesystem or file content. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* grep<br />
* egrep<br />
* fgrep<br />
* sed<br />
* regex(7) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">103.8 Perform basic file editing operations using vi</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to edit text files using vi. This objective includes vi navigation, basic vi modes, inserting, editing, deleting, copying and finding text.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Navigate a document using vi.<br />
* Use basic vi modes.<br />
* Insert, edit, delete, copy and find text. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* vi<br />
* /, ?<br />
* h,j,k,l<br />
* i, o, a<br />
* c, d, p, y, dd, yy<br />
* ZZ, :w!, :q!, :e! <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 104: Devices, Linux Filesystems, Filesystem Hierarchy Standard''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.1 Create partitions and filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure disk partitions and then create filesystems on media such as hard disks. This includes the handling of swap partitions.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use various mkfs commands to set up partitions and create various filesystems such as:<br />
** ext2<br />
** ext3<br />
** xfs<br />
** reiserfs v3<br />
** vfat <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* fdisk<br />
* mkfs<br />
* mkswap <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.2 Maintain the integrity of filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to maintain a standard filesystem, as well as the extra data associated with a journaling filesystem.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Verify the integrity of filesystems.<br />
* Monitor free space and inodes.<br />
* Repair simple filesystem problems. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* du<br />
* df<br />
* fsck<br />
* e2fsck<br />
* mke2fs<br />
* debugfs<br />
* dumpe2fs<br />
* tune2fs<br />
* xfs tools (such as xfs_metadump and xfs_info) <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.3 Control mounting and unmounting of filesystems</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the mounting of a filesystem.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually mount and unmount filesystems.<br />
* Configure filesystem mounting on bootup.<br />
* Configure user mountable removable filesystems. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/fstab<br />
* /media<br />
* mount<br />
* umount <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.4 Manage disk quotas</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage disk quotas for users. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set up a disk quota for a filesystem.<br />
* Edit, check and generate user quota reports. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* quota<br />
* edquota<br />
* repquota<br />
* quotaon <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.5 Manage file permissions and ownership</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to control file access through the proper use of permissions and ownerships. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manage access permissions on regular and special files as well as directories.<br />
* Use access modes such as suid, sgid and the sticky bit to maintain security.<br />
* Know how to change the file creation mask.<br />
* Use the group field to grant file access to group members. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* chmod<br />
* umask<br />
* chown<br />
* chgrp <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.6 Create and change hard and symbolic links</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to create and manage hard and symbolic links to a file. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create links.<br />
* Identify hard and/or soft links.<br />
* Copying versus linking files.<br />
* Use links to support system administration tasks. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ln<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">104.7 Find system files and place files in the correct location</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be thoroughly familiar with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), including typical file locations and directory classifications.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Understand the correct locations of files under the FHS.<br />
* Find files and commands on a Linux system.<br />
* Know the location and purpose of important file and directories as defined in the FHS. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* locate<br />
* updatedb<br />
* whereis<br />
* which<br />
* type<br />
* /etc/updatedb.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
==Objectives: Exam 102==<br />
===''Topic 105: Shells, Scripting and Data Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.1 Customize and use the shell environment</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customize shell environments to meet users' needs. Candidates should be able to modify global and user profiles.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set environment variables (e.g. PATH) at login or when spawning a new shell.<br />
* Write BASH functions for frequently used sequences of commands.<br />
* Maintain skeleton directories for new user accounts.<br />
* Set command search path with the proper directory. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/profile<br />
* env<br />
* export<br />
* set<br />
* unset<br />
* ~/.bash_profile<br />
* ~/.bash_login<br />
* ~/.profile<br />
* ~/.bashrc<br />
* ~/.bash_logout<br />
* function<br />
* alias<br />
* lists <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.2 Customize or write simple scripts</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to customize existing scripts, or write simple new BASH scripts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use standard sh syntax (loops, tests).<br />
* Use command substitution.<br />
* Test return values for success or failure or other information provided by a command.<br />
* Perform conditional mailing to the superuser.<br />
* Correctly select the script interpreter through the shebang (#!) line.<br />
* Manage the location, ownership, execution and suid-rights of scripts. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* for<br />
* while<br />
* test<br />
* if<br />
* read<br />
* seq <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">105.3 SQL data management</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to query databases and manipulate data using basic SQL commands. This objective includes performing queries involving joining of 2 tables and/or subselects.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Use of basic SQL commands.<br />
* Perform basic data manipulation. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* insert<br />
* update<br />
* select<br />
* delete<br />
* from<br />
* where<br />
* group by<br />
* order by<br />
* join <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 106: User Interfaces and Desktops''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.1 Install and configure X11</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to install and configure X11. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Verify that the video card and monitor are supported by an X server.<br />
* Awareness of the X font server.<br />
* Basic understanding and knowledge of the X Window configuration file. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/X11/xorg.conf<br />
* xhost<br />
* DISPLAY<br />
* xwininfo<br />
* xdpyinfo<br />
* X <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.2 Setup a display manager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to setup and customize a display manager. This objective covers the display managers XDM (X Display Manger), GDM (Gnome Display Manager) and KDM (KDE Display Manager).<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Turn the display manager on or off.<br />
* Change the display manager greeting.<br />
* Change default color depth for the display manager.<br />
* Configure display managers for use by X-stations. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* xdm configuration files<br />
* kdm configuration files<br />
* gdm configuration files <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">106.3 Accessibility</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 1<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Demonstrate knowledge and awareness of accessibility technologies. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Keyboard Accessibility Settings (AccessX?)<br />
* Visual Settings and Themes<br />
* Assistive Technology (ATs) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Sticky/Repeat Keys<br />
* Slow/Bounce/Toggle Keys<br />
* Mouse Keys<br />
* High Contrast/Large Print Desktop Themes<br />
* Screen Reader<br />
* Braille Display<br />
* Screen Magnifier<br />
* On-Screen Keyboard<br />
* Gestures (used at login, for example gdm)<br />
* Orca<br />
* GOK<br />
* emacspeak <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 107: Administrative Tasks''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.1 Manage user and group accounts and related system files</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 5<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to add, remove, suspend and change user accounts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Add, modify and remove users and groups.<br />
* Manage user/group info in password/group databases.<br />
* Create and manage special purpose and limited accounts. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/group<br />
* /etc/skel<br />
* chage<br />
* groupadd<br />
* groupdel<br />
* groupmod<br />
* passwd<br />
* useradd<br />
* userdel<br />
* usermod <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.2 Automate system administration tasks by scheduling jobs</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to use cron or anacron to run jobs at regular intervals and to use at to run jobs at a specific time. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manage cron and at jobs.<br />
* Configure user access to cron and at services. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/cron.{d,daily,hourly,monthly,weekly}<br />
* /etc/at.deny<br />
* /etc/at.allow<br />
* /etc/crontab<br />
* /etc/cron.allow<br />
* /etc/cron.deny<br />
* /var/spool/cron/*<br />
* crontab<br />
* at<br />
* atq<br />
* atrm <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">107.3 Localisation and internationalisation</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to localize a system in a different language than English. As well, an understanding of why LANG=C is useful when scripting.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Locale settings.<br />
* Timezone settings. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* Environment variables:<br />
** LC_*<br />
** LC_ALL<br />
** LANG <br />
* /usr/bin/locale<br />
* tzselect<br />
* tzconfig<br />
* date<br />
* iconv<br />
* UTF-8<br />
* ISO-8859<br />
* ASCII<br />
* Unicode <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 108: Essential System Services''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.1 Maintain system time</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to properly maintain the system time and synchronize the clock via NTP.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Set the system date and time.<br />
* Set the hardware clock to the correct time in UTC.<br />
* Configure the correct timezone.<br />
* Basic NTP configuration.<br />
* Knowledge of using the pool.ntp.org service <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /usr/share/zoneinfo<br />
* /etc/timezone<br />
* /etc/localtime<br />
* /etc/ntp.conf<br />
* date<br />
* hwclock<br />
* ntpd<br />
* ntpdate<br />
* pool.ntp.org <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.2 System logging</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure the syslog daemon. This objective also includes configuring the logging daemon to send log output to a central log server or accept log output as a central log server.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* syslog configuration files<br />
* syslog<br />
* standard facilities, priorities and actions <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* syslog.conf<br />
* syslogd<br />
* klogd<br />
* logger <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.3 Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) basics</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be aware of the commonly available MTA programs and be able to perform basic forward and alias configuration on a client host. Other configuration files are not covered.<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Create e-mail aliases.<br />
* Configure e-mail forwarding.<br />
* Knowledge of commonly available MTA programs (postfix, sendmail, qmail, exim) (no configuration) <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ~/.forward<br />
* sendmail emulation layer commands<br />
* newaliases<br />
* mail<br />
* mailq<br />
* postfix<br />
* sendmail<br />
* exim<br />
* qmail <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">108.4 Manage printers and printing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to manage print queues and user print jobs using CUPS and the LPD compatibility interface. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Basic CUPS configuration (for local and remote printers).<br />
* Manage user print queues.<br />
* Troubleshoot general printing problems.<br />
* Add and remove jobs from configured printer queues. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* CUPS configuration files, tools and utilities<br />
* /etc/cups<br />
* lpd legacy interface (lpr, lprm, lpq) <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 109: Networking Fundamentals''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.1 Fundamentals of internet protocols</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should demonstrate a proper understanding of TCP/IP network fundamentals. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Demonstrate an understanding network masks.<br />
* Knowledge of the differences between private and public "dotted quad" IP-Addresses.<br />
* Setting a default route.<br />
* Knowledge about common TCP and UDP ports (20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 53, 80, 110, 119, 139, 143, 161, 443, 465, 993, 995).<br />
* Knowledge about the differences and major features of UDP, TCP and ICMP.<br />
* Knowledge of the major differences between IPv4 and IPV6. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/services<br />
* ftp<br />
* telnet<br />
* host<br />
* ping<br />
* dig<br />
* traceroute<br />
* tracepath <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.2 Basic network configuration</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to view, change and verify configuration settings on client hosts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces<br />
* Basic TCP/IP host configuration. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/hostname<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* ping <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.3 Basic network troubleshooting</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 4<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to troubleshoot networking issues on client hosts. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Manually and automatically configure network interfaces and routing tables to include adding, starting, stopping, restarting, deleting or reconfiguring network interfaces.<br />
* Change, view, or configure the routing table and correct an improperly set default route manually.<br />
* Debug problems associated with the network configuration. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ifconfig<br />
* ifup<br />
* ifdown<br />
* route<br />
* host<br />
* hostname<br />
* dig<br />
* netstat<br />
* ping<br />
* traceroute <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">109.4 Configure client side DNS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 2<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should be able to configure DNS on a client host. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Demonstrate the use of DNS on the local system.<br />
* Modify the order in which name resolution is done. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/hosts<br />
* /etc/resolv.conf<br />
* /etc/nsswitch.conf <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 110: Security''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.1 Perform security administration tasks</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to review system configuration to ensure host security in accordance with local security policies. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Audit a system to find files with the suid/sgid bit set.<br />
* Set or change user passwords and password aging information.<br />
* Being able to use nmap and netstat to discover open ports on a system.<br />
* Set up limits on user logins, processes and memory usage.<br />
* Basic sudo configuration and usage. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* find<br />
* passwd<br />
* lsof<br />
* nmap<br />
* chage<br />
* netstat<br />
* sudo<br />
* /etc/sudoers<br />
* su<br />
* usermod<br />
* ulimit <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.2 Setup host security</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | Candidates should know how to set up a basic level of host security. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Awareness of shadow passwords and how they work.<br />
* Turn off network services not in use.<br />
* Understand the role of TCP wrappers. <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* /etc/nologin<br />
* /etc/passwd<br />
* /etc/shadow<br />
* /etc/xinetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/xinetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inetd.d/*<br />
* /etc/inetd.conf<br />
* /etc/inittab<br />
* /etc/init.d/*<br />
* /etc/hosts.allow<br />
* /etc/hosts.deny <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">110.3 Securing data with encryption</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | 3<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | The candidate should be able to use public key techniques to secure data and communication. <br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Perform basic OpenSSH 2 client configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand the role of OpenSSH? 2 server host keys<br />
* Perform basic GnuPG configuration and usage.<br />
* Understand SSH port tunnels (including X11 tunnels). <br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ssh<br />
* ssh-keygen<br />
* ssh-agent<br />
* ssh-add<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_rsa and id_rsa.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/id_dsa and id_dsa.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key and ssh_host_rsa_key.pub<br />
* /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key and ssh_host_dsa_key.pub<br />
* ~/.ssh/authorized_keys<br />
* /etc/ssh_known_hosts<br />
* gpg<br />
* ~/.gnupg/*</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=32LPIC-3042009-12-03T03:08:40Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
'''TODO: Need a description for exam here'''<br />
<br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 0.1.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 330: Virtualization''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.1 Xen</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Hypervisor<br />
<br /> <br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.2 KVM</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.3 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* OpenVZ<br />
* VirtualBox<br />
* qemu <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 331: Load Balancing and Storage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.1 Load Balancing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* IPVS<br />
* ipvsadm<br />
* syncd<br />
* LVS-NAT/Tun/DR/LocalNode<br />
* connection scheduling algorithms<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.2 DRBD</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Pacemaker<br />
* w/heartbeat<br />
* w/MySQL<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.3 Global File System</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GFS2<br />
* Distributed Lock Manager<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.4 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Coda<br />
* AFS<br />
* OCFS2<br />
* GlusterFS<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 332: Cluster Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.1 Pacemaker</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* crmd<br />
* PEngine<br />
* STONITHd<br />
* CIB ptest<br />
* cibadmin<br />
* crmadmin<br />
* crm_* resource agents (heartbeat v1, LSB, OCF)<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.2 Red Hat Cluster Suite</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Piranha<br />
* lvs<br />
* nanny<br />
* pulse<br />
* /etc/lvs.cf<br />
* w/GFS<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.3 LinuxPMI and openMosix</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.4 Heartbeat ResourceManager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 333: Message Layer''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.1 Heartbeat</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ipfail<br />
* w/ ldirectord<br />
* w/ softdog<br />
* /etc/ha.d/<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.2 keepalived</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.3 OpenAIS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /></div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=31LPIC-3042009-12-03T01:52:54Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
'''TODO: Need a description for exam here'''<br />
<br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 0.1.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Objectives==<br />
===''Topic 330: Virtualization''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.1 Xen</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Hypervisor<br />
<br > <br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.2 KVM</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">330.3 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* OpenVZ<br />
* VirtualBox<br />
* qemu <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 331: Load Balancing and Storage''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.1 Load Balancing</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* IPVS<br />
* ipvsadm<br />
* syncd<br />
* LVS-NAT/Tun/DR/LocalNode<br />
* connection scheduling algorithms<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.2 DRBD</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Pacemaker<br />
* w/heartbeat<br />
* w/MySQL<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.3 Global File System</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* GFS2<br />
* Distributed Lock Manager<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">331.4 Others</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* Coda<br />
* AFS<br />
* OCFS2<br />
* GlusterFS<br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 332: Cluster Management''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.1 Pacemaker</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* crmd<br />
* PEngine<br />
* STONITHd<br />
* CIB ptest<br />
* cibadmin<br />
* crmadmin<br />
* crm_* resource agents (heartbeat v1, LSB, OCF)<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.2 Red Hat Cluster Suite</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* w/Piranha<br />
* lvs<br />
* nanny<br />
* pulse<br />
* /etc/lvs.cf<br />
* w/GFS<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.3 LinuxPMI and openMosix</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">332.4 Heartbeat ResourceManager</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===''Topic 333: Message Layer''===<br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.1 Heartbeat</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* ipfail<br />
* w/ ldirectord<br />
* w/ softdog<br />
* /etc/ha.d/<br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.2 keepalived</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====<span style="color:navy">333.3 OpenAIS</span>====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /></div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=30LPIC-3042009-12-03T01:27:09Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
'''TODO: Need a description for exam here'''<br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 0.1.<br />
<br />
==Objectives==<br />
<br />
===Topic 330: Virtualization===<br />
====330.1 Xen====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2<br />
<br > <br />
====330.2 KVM====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====330.3 Others====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===Topic 331: Load Balancing and Storage===<br />
====331.1 Load Balancing====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====331.2 DRBD====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====331.3 Global File System====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====331.4 Others====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===Topic 332: Cluster Management===<br />
====332.1 Pacemaker====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====332.2 Red Hat Cluster Suite====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====332.3 LinuxPMI and openMosix====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====332.4 Heartbeat ResourceManager====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===Topic 333: Message Layer===<br />
====332.1 Heartbeat====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====332.2 keepalived====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====332.3 OpenAIS====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /></div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=29LPIC-3042009-12-03T01:19:54Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__FORCETOC__<br />
==Introduction==<br />
'''TODO: Need a description for exam here'''<br />
<br />
==Version Information==<br />
These objectives are version 0.1.<br />
<br />
==Objectives==<br />
<br />
===Topic 330: Virtualization===<br />
====330.1 Xen====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
<br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====330.2 KVM====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
<br /><br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
====330.3 Others====<br />
{|<br />
| style="background:#dadada" | '''Weight'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TBD<br />
|-<br />
| style="background:#dadada; padding-right:1em" | '''Description'''<br />
| style="background:#eaeaea" | TODO: Enter descriptions<br />
|}<br />
'''Key Knowledge Areas:'''<br />
* Knowledge area 1<br />
* Knowledge area 2<br />
<br /><br />
'''The following is a partial list of the used files, terms and utilities:'''<br />
* File 1<br />
* File 2 <br />
<br /><br />
<br /><br />
===Topic 331: Load Balancing and Storage===<br />
====331.1 Load Balancing====<br />
====331.2 DRBD====<br />
====331.3 Global File System====<br />
====331.4 Others====<br />
<br /><br />
===Topic 332: Cluster Management===<br />
====332.1 Pacemaker====<br />
====332.2 Red Hat Cluster Suite====<br />
====332.3 LinuxPMI and openMosix====<br />
====332.4 Heartbeat ResourceManager====<br />
<br /><br />
===Topic 333: Message Layer===<br />
====332.1 Heartbeat====<br />
====332.2 keepalived====<br />
====332.3 OpenAIS====</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=18Main Page2009-12-02T22:41:18Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTITLE__<br />
=== Welcome to the new LPI wiki! ===<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
This a place for the community to openly discuss everything from exam development topics to LPI policies and procedures.<br />
<br />
We're currently in the process of migrating all of the existing articles from the old wiki, so please bear with us while we get everything moved over.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
We encourage you to participate in the exam development process by providing your input on our exam objectives. To do so, simply [http://wiki.lpi.org/pubwiki/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Main_Page Create an Account], and then jump in using the navigation bar on the left.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
You may find the following links useful:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/the_lpic_program The Current Published Exam Objectives]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process The Exam Development Process]<br />
* [http://list.lpi.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Exam Development Mailing List]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/faq LPI's FAQ]<br />
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki Markup]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
Please contact the [mailto:wiki@lpi.org administrator] with any questions or comments about the wiki, or [mailto:info@lpi.org info@lpi.org] for any inquiries regarding exam development.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&diff=17Main Page2009-12-02T22:35:07Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>=== Welcome to the new LPI wiki! ===<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
This a place for the community to openly discuss everything from exam development topics to LPI policies and procedures.<br />
<br />
We're currently in the process of migrating all of the existing articles from the old wiki, so please bear with us while we get everything moved over.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
We encourage you to participate in the exam development process by providing your input on our exam objectives. To do so, simply [http://wiki.lpi.org/pubwiki/index.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Main_Page Create an Account], and then jump in using the navigation bar on the left.<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
You may find the following links useful:<br />
<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/the_lpic_program The Current Published Exam Objectives]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/exam_development_process The Exam Development Process]<br />
* [http://list.lpi.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/lpi-examdev LPI Exam Development Mailing List]<br />
* [http://www.lpi.org/eng/certification/faq LPI's FAQ]<br />
* [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting MediaWiki Markup]<br />
<br />
<br /><br />
<br />
Please contact the [mailto:wiki@lpi.org administrator] with any questions or comments about the wiki, or [mailto:info@lpi.org info@lpi.org] for any inquiries regarding exam development.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPI_Wiki:About&diff=16LPI Wiki:About2009-12-02T21:56:22Z<p>KevinGlendenning: </p>
<hr />
<div>The LPI wiki is a place for the community to openly discuss everything from draft objectives and other exam development related topics, to LPI policies and procedures.</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPI_Wiki:About&diff=15LPI Wiki:About2009-12-02T21:52:34Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with '-'</p>
<hr />
<div>-</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-304&diff=9LPIC-3042009-12-02T21:32:47Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with 'Placeholder for LPIC-3 304 objectives'</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-3 304 objectives</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-303_Objectives_V1&diff=8LPIC-303 Objectives V12009-12-02T21:32:35Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with 'Placeholder for LPIC-3 303 objectives'</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-3 303 objectives</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-302_Objectives_V1&diff=7LPIC-302 Objectives V12009-12-02T21:32:22Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with 'Placeholder for LPIC-3 302 objectives'</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-3 302 objectives</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-301_Objectives_V1&diff=6LPIC-301 Objectives V12009-12-02T21:32:11Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with 'Placeholder for LPIC-3 301 objectives'</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-3 301 objectives</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-2_Objectives_V3&diff=5LPIC-2 Objectives V32009-12-02T21:31:49Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with 'Placeholder for LPIC-2 objectives'</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-2 objectives</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC1_Objectives&diff=4LPIC1 Objectives2009-12-02T21:29:21Z<p>KevinGlendenning: moved LPIC1 Objectives to LPIC-1 Objectives:&#32;Formatting</p>
<hr />
<div>#REDIRECT [[LPIC-1 Objectives]]</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1&diff=3LPIC-12009-12-02T21:29:21Z<p>KevinGlendenning: moved LPIC1 Objectives to LPIC-1 Objectives:&#32;Formatting</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-1 objectives</div>KevinGlendenninghttps://wiki.lpi.org/w/index.php?title=LPIC-1&diff=2LPIC-12009-12-02T21:28:40Z<p>KevinGlendenning: Created page with 'Placeholder for LPIC-1 objectives'</p>
<hr />
<div>Placeholder for LPIC-1 objectives</div>KevinGlendenning